Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--unicode--0--patch-43
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (16211 27037))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16249 32008))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
76
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
83 \\{ada-mode-map}
84
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
87
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
90
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
93
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
95
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
98
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
101
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
107
108 If you use imenu.el:
109 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
110
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
117
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
122
123 \(fn)" t nil)
124
125 ;;;***
126 \f
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
130
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
133
134 \(fn)" t nil)
135
136 ;;;***
137 \f
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
141
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
145
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
147
148 ;;;***
149 \f
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16211 27008))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
156
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
161
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
163
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
167
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
169
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
176
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
178
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
181
182 \(fn)" nil nil)
183
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
186
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
191
192 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
195
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
199
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
201
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and site.
206
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
209
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
211
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
215
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
218 the same person.
219
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
222 notices.
223
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
226
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
228
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
233
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
236
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
244
245 \(fn)" t nil)
246
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
249
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
252
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
255
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
258
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
261
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
267
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
269
270 \(fn)" nil nil)
271
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276 or a buffer.
277
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
280
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
282
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
285
286 \(fn)" t nil)
287
288 ;;;***
289 \f
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16211
292 ;;;;;; 27023))
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
294
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
305
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
307
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
316
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
318
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
331
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
333
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
337
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 BODY... )
341
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
356
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
361
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
364
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
367
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
370
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
375
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381 during preloading.
382
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
384
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
386
387 ;;;***
388 \f
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16211 27008))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
393
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
401
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
405
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
410
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
412
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423 options.
424
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
427
428 Fred (123) 456-7890
429 Alice (123) 456-7890
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 Joe (123) 456-7890
432
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16271 3441))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482
483 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
484 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
485
486 MODE is one of the following symbols:
487
488 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
489 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
490 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
491 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
492 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
493 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
494 any confirmation check.
495
496 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
497 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
498 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
499 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
500
501 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
502 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
503 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
504
505 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
506 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
507
508 \(require 'allout)
509 \(allout-init t)
510
511 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
512
513 ;;;***
514 \f
515 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
516 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16211 27037))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
518
519 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
520
521 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
522 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
523 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
524 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
525 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
526 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
527
528 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
529
530 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
531 Not documented
532
533 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
534
535 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
536
537 ;;;***
538 \f
539 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
540 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (16211 27038))
541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
542
543 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
544 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
545 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
546 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
547 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
548 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
549 in the current window.
550
551 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
552
553 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
554 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
555 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
556
557 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
558
559 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
560 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
561
562 \(fn)" t nil)
563
564 ;;;***
565 \f
566 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
567 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16211 27008))
568 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
569
570 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
571 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
572
573 \(fn)" t nil)
574
575 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
576 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
577
578 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
579 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
580 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
581 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
582
583 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
584 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
585
586 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
587
588 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
589
590 ;;;***
591 \f
592 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
593 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (16277 42320))
594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
595
596 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
597 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
598 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
599 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
600 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
601 \\[yank].
602
603 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
604 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
605 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
606 the rules.
607
608 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
609 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
610 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
611 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
612
613 \(fn)" t nil)
614
615 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
616 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
617 \\{antlr-mode-map}
618
619 \(fn)" t nil)
620
621 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
622 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
623 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
624
625 \(fn)" nil nil)
626
627 ;;;***
628 \f
629 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
630 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
631 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
632 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (16211 27023))
633 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
634
635 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
636 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
637 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
638 as the first thing on a line.")
639
640 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
641
642 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
643 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
644
645 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
646
647 (defvar appt-audible t "\
648 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
649
650 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
651
652 (defvar appt-visible t "\
653 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
654
655 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
656
657 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
658 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
659
660 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
661
662 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
663 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
664
665 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
666
667 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
668 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
669
670 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
671
672 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
673 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
674 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
675
676 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
677
678 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
679 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
680 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
681
682 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
683
684 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
685 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
686
687 \(fn)" t nil)
688
689 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
690 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
691 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
692 put in the appointments list.
693 02/23/89
694 12:00pm lunch
695 Wednesday
696 10:00am group meeting
697 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
698 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
699 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
700
701 \(fn)" nil nil)
702
703 ;;;***
704 \f
705 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
706 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
707 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (16211 27008))
708 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
709
710 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
711 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
712
713 \\{apropos-mode-map}
714
715 \(fn)" t nil)
716
717 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
718 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
719 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
720 normal variables.
721
722 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
723
724 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
725
726 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
727 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
728 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
729 noninteractive functions.
730
731 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
732 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
733
734 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
735
736 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
737 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
738
739 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
740
741 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
742 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
743 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
744 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
745 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
746
747 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
748
749 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
750 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
751 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
752 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
753 Returns list of symbols and values found.
754
755 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
756
757 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
758 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
759 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
760 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
761 bindings.
762 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
763
764 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
765
766 ;;;***
767 \f
768 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16211
769 ;;;;;; 27009))
770 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
771
772 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
773 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
774 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
775 Letters no longer insert themselves.
776 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
777 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
778
779 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
780 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
781 archive.
782
783 \\{archive-mode-map}
784
785 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
786
787 ;;;***
788 \f
789 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (16211 27011))
790 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
791
792 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
793 Major mode for editing arrays.
794
795 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
796 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
797 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
798
799 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
800
801 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
802 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
803 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
804
805 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
806 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
807 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
808 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
809 The variables are:
810
811 Variables you assign:
812 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
813 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
814 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
815 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
816 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
817 row numbers in the buffer.
818
819 Variables which are calculated:
820 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
821 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
822
823 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
824 take a numeric prefix argument):
825
826 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
827 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
828 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
829 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
830
831 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
832 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
833 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
834 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
835
836 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
837 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
838 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
839 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
840
841 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
842 between that of point and mark.
843
844 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
845 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
846
847 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
848 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
849 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
850 newlines inside rows)
851
852 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
853
854 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
855
856 \(fn)" t nil)
857
858 ;;;***
859 \f
860 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16211
861 ;;;;;; 27040))
862 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
863
864 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
865 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
866 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
867 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
868
869 How to quit artist mode
870
871 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
872
873
874 How to submit a bug report
875
876 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
877
878
879 Drawing with the mouse:
880
881 mouse-2
882 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
883 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
884 below).
885
886 mouse-1
887 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
888 or pastes:
889
890 Operation Not shifted Shifted
891 --------------------------------------------------------------
892 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
893 to new point
894 --------------------------------------------------------------
895 Line Line in any direction Straight line
896 --------------------------------------------------------------
897 Rectangle Rectangle Square
898 --------------------------------------------------------------
899 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
900 --------------------------------------------------------------
901 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
902 --------------------------------------------------------------
903 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
904 --------------------------------------------------------------
905 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
906 --------------------------------------------------------------
907 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
908 --------------------------------------------------------------
909 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
910 lines
911 --------------------------------------------------------------
912 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
913 --------------------------------------------------------------
914 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
915 --------------------------------------------------------------
916 Paste Paste Paste
917 --------------------------------------------------------------
918 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
919 --------------------------------------------------------------
920
921 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
922 or diagonally.
923
924 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
925 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
926 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
927 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
928 poly-lines.
929
930 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
931 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
932 overwrite means the opposite.
933
934 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
935 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
936 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
937
938 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
939
940 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
941 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
942
943 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
944 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
945 are currently drawing something.
946
947 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
948 some time to fill.
949
950
951 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
952 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
953
954
955 Settings
956
957 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
958
959 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
960
961 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
962
963 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
964
965 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
966 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
967
968 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
969
970
971 Drawing with keys
972
973 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
974 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
975 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
976 When erase characters: toggles erasing
977 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
978 When pasting: Pastes
979
980 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
981
982 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
983
984 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
985 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
986 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
987 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
988 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
989 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
990
991
992 Arrows
993
994 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
995 of the line/poly-line
996
997 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
998 of the line/poly-line
999
1000
1001 Selecting operation
1002
1003 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1004
1005 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1006 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1008 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1009 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1010 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1012 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1013 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1015 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1017 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1019 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1021 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1022 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1023 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1024 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1025
1026
1027 Variables
1028
1029 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1030 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1031
1032 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1033 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1034 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1035 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1036 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1037 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1038 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1039 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1040 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1041 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1042 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1043 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1044 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1045 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1046 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1047 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1048 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1049 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1050 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1051
1052 Hooks
1053
1054 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1055 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1056
1057
1058 Keymap summary
1059
1060 \\{artist-mode-map}
1061
1062 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1063
1064 ;;;***
1065 \f
1066 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16211
1067 ;;;;;; 27038))
1068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1069
1070 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1071 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1072 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1073
1074 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1075 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1077 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1078
1079 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1080 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1081
1082 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1083 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1084
1085 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1086
1087 Special commands:
1088 \\{asm-mode-map}
1089
1090 \(fn)" t nil)
1091
1092 ;;;***
1093 \f
1094 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1095 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
1096 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1097
1098 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1099 Obsolete.")
1100
1101 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1102
1103 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1104 This command is obsolete.
1105
1106 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1107
1108 ;;;***
1109 \f
1110 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1111 ;;;;;; (16211 27012))
1112 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1113
1114 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1115 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1116 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1117 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1118 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1119
1120 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1121
1122 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1123 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1124 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1125 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1126 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1127 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1128 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1129 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1130 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1131 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1132
1133 For example:
1134 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1135 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1136 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1137 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1138 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1139
1140 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1141
1142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1143
1144 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1145 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1146 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1148 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1149
1150 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1151
1152 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1153 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1154 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1155 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1156 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1157 &c to supply digit arguments.
1158
1159 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1160
1161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1162
1163 ;;;***
1164 \f
1165 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1166 ;;;;;; (16301 41845))
1167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1168
1169 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1170 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1171
1172 \(fn)" t nil)
1173
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1177 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (16211 27012))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1179
1180 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1181 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1182 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1183
1184 \(fn)" t nil)
1185
1186 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1187 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1188 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1189 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1190
1191 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1192
1193 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1194 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1195 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1196 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1197 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1198
1199 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1200
1201 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1202 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1203 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1204 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1205
1206 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1207 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1208
1209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1210
1211 ;;;***
1212 \f
1213 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1214 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1215 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
1216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1217
1218 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1219 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1220 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1221 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1222
1223 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1224
1225 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1226 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1227 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1228 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1229 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1230 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1231
1232 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1233 directory or directories specified.
1234
1235 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1236
1237 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1238 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1239 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1240
1241 \(fn)" nil nil)
1242
1243 ;;;***
1244 \f
1245 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1246 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (16211 27012))
1247 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1248
1249 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1250 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1251 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1252
1253 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1254 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1255
1256 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1257 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1258 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1259
1260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1261
1262 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1263 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1264
1265 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1266 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1267
1268 \(fn)" nil nil)
1269
1270 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1271 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1272 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1274 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1275
1276 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1277
1278 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1279 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1280
1281 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1282 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1283 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1284
1285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1286
1287 ;;;***
1288 \f
1289 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1290 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (16211 27012))
1291 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1292
1293 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1294 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1295 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1297 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1298
1299 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1300
1301 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1302 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1303 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1304 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1305
1306 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1307 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1308 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1309
1310 Effects of the different modes:
1311 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1312 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1313 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1314 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1315 a random distance & direction.
1316 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1317 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1318 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1319
1320 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1321
1322 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1323 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1324 definition of \"random distance\".)
1325
1326 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1327
1328 ;;;***
1329 \f
1330 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1331 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
1332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1333
1334 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1335 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1336
1337 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1338 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1339
1340 For example:
1341
1342 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1343 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1344 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1345 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1346
1347 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1348
1349 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1350
1351 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1352
1353 ;;;***
1354 \f
1355 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1356 ;;;;;; (16223 32933))
1357 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1358
1359 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1360 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1361 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1362 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1363
1364 \(fn)" t nil)
1365
1366 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1367 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1368 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1369 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1370 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1371 seconds.
1372
1373 \(fn)" t nil)
1374
1375 ;;;***
1376 \f
1377 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1378 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (16211 27023))
1379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1380
1381 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1382 Time execution of FORMS.
1383 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1384 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1385 FORMS once.
1386 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1387 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1388 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1389
1390 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1391
1392 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1393 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1394 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1395 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1396 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1397
1398 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1399
1400 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1401 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1402 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1403 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1404 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1405
1406 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1407
1408 ;;;***
1409 \f
1410 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16277
1411 ;;;;;; 42320))
1412 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1413
1414 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1415 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1416
1417 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1418
1419 You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1420 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1421 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1422 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1423 with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1424
1425 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1426 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will
1427 work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries
1428 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1429 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1430 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1431
1432 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1433 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1434
1435
1436 Special information:
1437
1438 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1439
1440 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1441 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1442 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1443 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1444 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1445 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1446 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1447 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1448
1449 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1450 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1451 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1452 `bibtex-entry-format'.
1453 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1454 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1455 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1456
1457 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1458 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1459
1460 The following may be of interest as well:
1461
1462 Functions:
1463 `bibtex-entry'
1464 `bibtex-kill-entry'
1465 `bibtex-yank-pop'
1466 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1467 `bibtex-pop-next'
1468 `bibtex-complete'
1469 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1470 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1471 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1472 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1473 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1474 `bibtex-mark-entry'
1475 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1476 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1477 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1478 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1479 `bibtex-validate'
1480 `bibtex-count'
1481 `bibtex-fill-entry'
1482 `bibtex-reformat'
1483 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1484
1485 Variables:
1486 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1487 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1489 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1490 `bibtex-entry-format'
1491 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1492 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1493 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1494 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1495 `bibtex-string-files'
1496
1497 ---------------------------------------------------------
1498 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1499 non-nil.
1500
1501 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1502
1503 \(fn)" t nil)
1504
1505 ;;;***
1506 \f
1507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (16211 27027))
1508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1509
1510 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1511
1512 ;;;***
1513 \f
1514 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (16211
1515 ;;;;;; 27038))
1516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1517
1518 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1519 Play blackbox.
1520 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1521
1522 What is blackbox?
1523
1524 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1525 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1526 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1527 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1528 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1529 your score.
1530
1531 Overview of play:
1532
1533 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1534 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1535 four.
1536
1537 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1538 movement keys.
1539
1540 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1541 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1542
1543 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1544 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1545
1546 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1547 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1548 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1549 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1550 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1551 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1552
1553 Details:
1554
1555 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1556
1557 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1558 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1559 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1560 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1561
1562 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1563 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1564 denoted by the letter `R'.
1565
1566 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1567 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1568 denoted by the letter `H'.
1569
1570 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1571 example.
1572
1573 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1574 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1575 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1576 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1577 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1578 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1579 ray.
1580
1581 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1582 degree deflection it causes.
1583
1584 1
1585 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1588 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1589 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1593 2 3
1594
1595 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1596 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1597
1598
1599 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1600 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1602 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1603 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1605 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1607
1608 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1609 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1610 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1611 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1612 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1613 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1614 emerging from the box.
1615
1616 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1617
1618 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1622 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1623 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1624 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626
1627 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1628 a reflection.
1629
1630 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1631
1632 ;;;***
1633 \f
1634 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1635 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1636 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1637 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (16211 27012))
1638 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1639 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1640 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1641 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1642
1643 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1644 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1645 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1646 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1647 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1648 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1649 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1650 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1651 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1652 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1653 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1654 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1655 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1656 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1657 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1658 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1662
1663 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1664 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1665 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1666 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1667 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1668 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1669 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1670 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1671 recent one.
1672
1673 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1674 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1675 yank successive words.
1676
1677 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1678 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1679 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1680 name of the file being visited.
1681
1682 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1683 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1684 the list of bookmarks.)
1685
1686 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1687
1688 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1689 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1690 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1691 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1692 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1693 this.
1694
1695 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1696 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1697 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1698 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1699
1700 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1701
1702 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1703 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1704 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1705 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1706 after a bookmark was set in it.
1707
1708 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1709
1710 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1711 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1712 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1713 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1714
1715 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1716
1717 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1718
1719 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1720 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1721 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1722 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1723
1724 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1725 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1726 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1727
1728 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1729 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1730 name.
1731
1732 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1733
1734 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1735 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1736 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1737 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1738 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1739 this.
1740
1741 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1742
1743 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1744 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1745 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1746 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1747 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1748 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1749 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1750 probably because we were called from there.
1751
1752 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1753
1754 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1755 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1756 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1757
1758 \(fn)" t nil)
1759
1760 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1761 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1762 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1763 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1764 \(second argument).
1765
1766 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1767 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1768 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1769 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1770 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1771
1772 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1773 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1774 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1775 `bookmark-default-file'.
1776
1777 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1778
1779 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1780 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1781 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1782 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1783 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1784 while loading.
1785
1786 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1787 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1788 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1789 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1790 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1791 explicitly.
1792
1793 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1794 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1795 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1796 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1797
1798 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1799
1800 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1801 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1802 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1803 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1804 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1805
1806 \(fn)" t nil)
1807
1808 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1809
1810 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1811
1812 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-jump))) map))
1813
1814 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1815
1816 ;;;***
1817 \f
1818 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1819 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1820 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1821 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1822 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1823 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1824 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1825 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1826 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16211 27037))
1827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1828
1829 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1830 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1831 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1832 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1833
1834 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1835 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1836 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1837 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1838 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1839
1840 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1841
1842 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1843 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1844 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1845 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1846 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1847 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1848
1849 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1850
1851 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1852 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1853 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1854 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1855 narrowed.
1856
1857 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1858
1859 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1860 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1861
1862 \(fn)" t nil)
1863
1864 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1865 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1866
1867 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1868
1869 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1870 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1871 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1872 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1873
1874 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1875
1876 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1877 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1878 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1879 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1880
1881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1882
1883 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1884 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1885 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1886 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1887 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1888 to use.
1889
1890 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1891
1892 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1893 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1894 Default to the URL around or before point.
1895
1896 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1897 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1898 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1899 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1900
1901 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1902 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1903
1904 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1905 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1906
1907 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1908
1909 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1910 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1911 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1912 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1913
1914 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1915 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1916 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1917 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1918
1919 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1920 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1921
1922 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1923
1924 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1925 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1926 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1927 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1928
1929 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1930 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1931 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1932 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1933
1934 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1935 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1936 new tab in an existing window instead.
1937
1938 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1939 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1940
1941 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1942
1943 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1944 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1945 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1946 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1947
1948 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1949 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1950 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1951 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1952
1953 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1954 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1955 new tab in an existing window instead.
1956
1957 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1958 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1959
1960 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1961
1962 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1963 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1964 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1965 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1966
1967 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1968 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1969 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1970 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1971
1972 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1973 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1974
1975 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1976
1977 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1978 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1979
1980 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1981 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1982 program is invoked according to the variable
1983 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1984
1985 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1986 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1987 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1988 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1989
1990 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1991 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1992
1993 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1994
1995 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1996 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1997 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1998 variable `browse-url-grail'.
1999
2000 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2001
2002 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2003 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2004 Default to the URL around or before point.
2005
2006 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2007 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2008 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2009
2010 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2011 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2012 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2013 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2014
2015 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2016 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2017
2018 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2019
2020 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2021 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2022 Default to the URL around or before point.
2023
2024 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2025
2026 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2027 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2028 Default to the URL around or before point.
2029
2030 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2031 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2032 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2033
2034 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2035 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2036
2037 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2038
2039 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2040 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2041 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2042 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2043
2044 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2045
2046 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2047 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2048 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2049 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2050 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2051
2052 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2053
2054 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2055 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2056 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2057 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2058
2059 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2060 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2061 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2062 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2063
2064 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2065 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2066
2067 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2068
2069 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2070 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2071 Default to the URL around or before point.
2072
2073 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2074
2075 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2076 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2077 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2078 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2079 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2080 current one.
2081
2082 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2083 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2084 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2085 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2086
2087 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2088 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2089
2090 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2091
2092 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2093 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2094 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2095 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2096 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2097 don't offer a form of remote control.
2098
2099 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2100
2101 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2102 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2103 Default to the URL around or before point.
2104
2105 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2106
2107 ;;;***
2108 \f
2109 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (16211
2110 ;;;;;; 27038))
2111 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2112
2113 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2114 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2115
2116 \(fn)" t nil)
2117
2118 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2119 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2120
2121 \(fn)" nil nil)
2122
2123 ;;;***
2124 \f
2125 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2126 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (16211 27012))
2127 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2128
2129 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2130 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2131 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2132 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2133
2134 \(fn)" t nil)
2135
2136 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2137 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2138 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2139 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2140
2141 \(fn)" t nil)
2142
2143 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2144 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2145
2146 \(fn)" t nil)
2147
2148 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2149 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2150 \\<bs-mode-map>
2151 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2152 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2153 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2154 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2155
2156 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2157 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2158 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2159 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2160 name of buffer configuration.
2161
2162 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2163
2164 ;;;***
2165 \f
2166 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2167 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (16310
2168 ;;;;;; 39781))
2169 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2170
2171 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2172 Keymap used by buttons.")
2173
2174 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2175 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2176 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2177
2178 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2179 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2180 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2181 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2182 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2183 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2184
2185 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2186 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2187 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2188 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2189
2190 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2191
2192 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2193 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2194 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2195 specifying properties to add to the button.
2196 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2197 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2198 `define-button-type'.
2199
2200 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2201
2202 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2203
2204 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2205 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2206 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2207 specifying properties to add to the button.
2208 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2209 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2210 `define-button-type'.
2211
2212 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2213
2214 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2215
2216 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2217 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2218 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2219 specifying properties to add to the button.
2220 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2221 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2222 `define-button-type'.
2223
2224 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2225 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2226 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2227 `make-text-button'.
2228
2229 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2230
2231 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2232
2233 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2234 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2235 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2236 specifying properties to add to the button.
2237 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2238 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2239 `define-button-type'.
2240
2241 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2242 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2243 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2244 `insert-text-button'.
2245
2246 Also see `make-text-button'.
2247
2248 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2249
2250 ;;;***
2251 \f
2252 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2253 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2254 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2255 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2256 ;;;;;; (16239 4666))
2257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2258
2259 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2260 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2261 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2262
2263 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2264
2265 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2266 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2267 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2268 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2269
2270 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2271 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2272 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2273 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2274 whether to compile it.
2275
2276 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2277
2278 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2279 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2280
2281 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2282
2283 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2284 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2285 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2286 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2287 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2288
2289 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2290
2291 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2292 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2293 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2294 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2295
2296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2297
2298 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2299 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2300 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2301
2302 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2303
2304 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2305 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2306 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2307 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2308 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2309 all functions called by those functions.
2310
2311 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2312 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2313 cons, etc.).
2314
2315 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2316 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2317 invoked interactively.
2318
2319 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2320
2321 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2322 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2323 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2324 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2325
2326 \(fn)" nil nil)
2327
2328 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2329 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2330 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2331 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2332 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2333 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2334 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2335 already up-to-date.
2336
2337 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2338
2339 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2340 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2341 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2342 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2343
2344 \(fn)" nil nil)
2345
2346 ;;;***
2347 \f
2348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (16211 27023))
2349 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2350
2351 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2352
2353 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2354
2355 ;;;***
2356 \f
2357 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2358 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
2359 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2360
2361 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2362 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2363 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2364 from the cursor position.
2365
2366 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2367
2368 ;;;***
2369 \f
2370 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2371 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2372 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (16211
2373 ;;;;;; 27022))
2374 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2375
2376 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2377 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2378
2379 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2380 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2381
2382 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2383 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2384 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2385 If nil, use original installation directory.
2386 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2387
2388 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2389 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2390
2391 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2392 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2393
2394 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2395 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2396 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2397
2398 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2399 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2400
2401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2402
2403 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2404 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2405
2406 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2407
2408 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2409 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2410
2411 \(fn)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2414 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2415
2416 \(fn)" t nil)
2417
2418 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2419 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2420 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2421 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2422
2423 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2424
2425 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2426 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2427 This is most useful in the X window system.
2428 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2429 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2430
2431 \(fn)" t nil)
2432
2433 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2434 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2435 See calc-keypad for details.
2436
2437 \(fn)" t nil)
2438
2439 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2440 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2441
2442 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2443
2444 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2445 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2446
2447 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2448
2449 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2450 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2451
2452 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2453
2454 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2455 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2456 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2457
2458 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2459
2460 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2461 Not documented
2462
2463 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2464
2465 ;;;***
2466 \f
2467 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2468 ;;;;;; (16211 27022))
2469 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2470
2471 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2472 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2473
2474 \(fn)" nil nil)
2475
2476 ;;;***
2477 \f
2478 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (16211
2479 ;;;;;; 27012))
2480 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2481
2482 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2483 Run the Emacs calculator.
2484 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2485
2486 \(fn)" t nil)
2487
2488 ;;;***
2489 \f
2490 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2491 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2492 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2493 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2494 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2495 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2496 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2497 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2498 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2499 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2500 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2501 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2502 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2503 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2504 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2505 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2506 ;;;;;; (16252 34047))
2507 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2508
2509 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2510 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2511 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2512
2513 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2514
2515 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2516 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2517 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2518 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2519 the screen.")
2520
2521 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2522
2523 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2524 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2525 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2526 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2527 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2528
2529 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2530
2531 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2532 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2533 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2534 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2535 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2536 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2537 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2538
2539 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2540 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2541 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2542 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2543 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2544
2545 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2546 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2547 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2548
2549 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2550
2551 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2552 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2553 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2554
2555 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2556
2557 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2558 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2559 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2560
2561 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2562
2563 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2564 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2565 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2566 displayed.")
2567
2568 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2569
2570 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2571 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2572 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2573
2574 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2575
2576 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2577 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2578 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2579
2580 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2581
2582 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2583
2584 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2585 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2586 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2587
2588 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2589 calendar.")
2590
2591 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2592
2593 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2594 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2595 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2596
2597 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2598 calendar.")
2599
2600 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2601
2602 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2603 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2604 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2605
2606 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2607
2608 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2609 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2610 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2611 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2612 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2613
2614 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2615
2616 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2617 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2618 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2619 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2620 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2621 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2622 a function is also provided for this:
2623 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2624
2625 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2626 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2627 date is not visible in the window.
2628
2629 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2630 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2631 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2632
2633 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2634
2635 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2636 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2637
2638 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2639 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2640 date is visible in the window.
2641
2642 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2643 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2644 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2645
2646 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2647
2648 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2649 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2650
2651 For example,
2652
2653 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2654
2655 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2656
2657 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2658
2659 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2660 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2661
2662 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2663 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2664
2665 MONTH/DAY
2666 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2667 MONTHNAME DAY
2668 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2669 DAYNAME
2670
2671 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2672 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2673 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2674 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2675 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2676 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2677 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2678 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2679 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2680 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2681 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2682 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2683 in every week.
2684
2685 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2686 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2687 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2688 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2689
2690 DAY/MONTH
2691 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2692 DAY MONTHNAME
2693 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2694 DAYNAME
2695
2696 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2697 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2698
2699 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2700 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2701 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2702 window but will appear in a diary window.
2703
2704 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2705 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2706
2707 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2708 entries (in the default American style):
2709
2710 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2711 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2712 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2713 21: Payday
2714 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2715 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2716 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2717 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2718 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2719 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2720 &* 15 time cards due.
2721
2722 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2723 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2724 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2725 single diary entry
2726
2727 02/11/1989
2728 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2729 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2730 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2731 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2732 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2733 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2734
2735 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2736 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2737 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2738
2739 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2740
2741 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2742
2743 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2744 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2745 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2746 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2747 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2748 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2749 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2750 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2751 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2752
2753 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2754 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2755 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2756 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2757 for these functions for details.
2758
2759 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2760 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2761
2762 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2763
2764 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2765 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2766
2767 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2768
2769 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2770 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2771
2772 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2773
2774 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2775 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2776
2777 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2778
2779 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2780 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2781 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2782
2783 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2784
2785 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2786 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2787 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2788
2789 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2790
2791 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2792 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2793 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2794 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2795
2796 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2797
2798 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2799 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2800 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2801 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2802 are
2803
2804 DAY/MONTH
2805 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2806 DAY MONTHNAME
2807 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2808 DAYNAME
2809
2810 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2811 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2812 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.")
2813
2814 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2815
2816 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2817 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2818 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2819
2820 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2821
2822 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2823 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2824 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2825
2826 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2827
2828 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2829 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2830 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2831
2832 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2833
2834 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2835 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2836 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2837
2838 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2839
2840 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2841 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2842 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2843 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2844 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2845 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2846
2847 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2848
2849 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2850 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2851 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2852
2853 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2854 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2855 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2856 of the form
2857
2858 #include \"filename\"
2859
2860 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2861 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2862 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2863 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2864 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2865
2866 For example, you could use
2867
2868 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2869 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2870 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2871
2872 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2873 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2874 lexicographic order.")
2875
2876 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2877
2878 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2879 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2880 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2881
2882 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2883
2884 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2885 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2886 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2887 diary display.
2888
2889 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2890 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2891 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2892 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2893 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2894 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2895 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2896
2897 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2898 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2899 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2900 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2901 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2902 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2903 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2904 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2905
2906 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2907
2908 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2909 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2910 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2911 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2912 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2913 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2914
2915 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2916
2917 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2918 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2919
2920 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2921 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2922 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2923 of the form
2924 #include \"filename\"
2925 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2926 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2927 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2928 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2929 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2930
2931 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2932
2933 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2934 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2935 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2936 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2937 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2938 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2939
2940 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
2941
2942 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2943 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2944 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2945 are holidays.")
2946
2947 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
2948
2949 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2950 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2951 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2952 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2953 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2954
2955 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
2956
2957 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2958
2959 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2960 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2961 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2962
2963 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
2964
2965 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2966
2967 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2968 *Oriental holidays.
2969 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2970
2971 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
2972
2973 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2974
2975 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2976 *Local holidays.
2977 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2978
2979 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
2980
2981 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2982
2983 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2984 *User defined holidays.
2985 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2986
2987 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
2988
2989 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2990
2991 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2992
2993 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2994
2995 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2996
2997 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2998
2999 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3000
3001 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3002
3003 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3004
3005 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3006
3007 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3008 *Jewish holidays.
3009 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3010
3011 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3012
3013 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3014
3015 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3016 *Christian holidays.
3017 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3018
3019 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3020
3021 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3022
3023 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3024 *Islamic holidays.
3025 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3026
3027 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3028
3029 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3030
3031 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3032 *Sun-related holidays.
3033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3034
3035 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3036
3037 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3038
3039 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3040 The frame set up of the calendar.
3041 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3042 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3043 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3044 any other value the current frame is used.")
3045
3046 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3047 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3048 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3049
3050 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3051 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3052
3053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3054
3055 ;;;***
3056 \f
3057 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3058 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3059 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3061
3062 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3063 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3064 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3065 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3066 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3067 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3068 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3069
3070 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3071
3072 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3073 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3074 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3075 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3076 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3077 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3078 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3079 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3080
3081 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3082 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3083 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3084 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3085 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3086 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3087
3088 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3089
3090 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3091 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3092
3093 Key bindings:
3094 \\{c-mode-map}
3095
3096 \(fn)" t nil)
3097
3098 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3099 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3100
3101 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3102 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3103 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3104 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3105 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3106 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3107 message.
3108
3109 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3110
3111 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3112 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3113
3114 Key bindings:
3115 \\{c++-mode-map}
3116
3117 \(fn)" t nil)
3118
3119 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3120 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3121 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3122
3123 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3124 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3125 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3126 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3127 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3128 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3129 message.
3130
3131 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3132
3133 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3134 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3135
3136 Key bindings:
3137 \\{objc-mode-map}
3138
3139 \(fn)" t nil)
3140
3141 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3142 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3143 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3144
3145 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3146 Major mode for editing Java code.
3147 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3148 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3149 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3150 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3151 message.
3152
3153 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3154
3155 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3156 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3157
3158 Key bindings:
3159 \\{java-mode-map}
3160
3161 \(fn)" t nil)
3162
3163 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3164 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3165 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3166
3167 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3168 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3169 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3170 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3171 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3172 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3173 message.
3174
3175 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3176
3177 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3178 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3179
3180 Key bindings:
3181 \\{idl-mode-map}
3182
3183 \(fn)" t nil)
3184
3185 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3186 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3187 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3188 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3189
3190 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3191 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3192 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3193 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3194 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3195 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3196 message.
3197
3198 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3199
3200 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3201 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3202
3203 Key bindings:
3204 \\{pike-mode-map}
3205
3206 \(fn)" t nil)
3207 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3208 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3209 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3210 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3211 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3212 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.")
3213
3214 ;;;***
3215 \f
3216 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3217 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16241 41611))
3218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3219
3220 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3221 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3222 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3223 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3224 for details of setting up styles.
3225
3226 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3227 style name.
3228
3229 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3230 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3231 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3232 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3233 will be reassigned.
3234
3235 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3236 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3237 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3238 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3239 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3240 default).
3241
3242 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3243 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3244 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3245 when used elsewhere.
3246
3247 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3248
3249 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3250 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3251 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3252 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3253
3254 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3255
3256 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3257 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3258 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3259
3260 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3261
3262 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3263 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3264 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3265 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3266 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3267
3268 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3269
3270 ;;;***
3271 \f
3272 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3273 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3274 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3276
3277 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3278 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3279
3280 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3281
3282 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3283 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3284
3285 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3286
3287 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3288 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3289
3290 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3291 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3292 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3293 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3294 execution.
3295
3296 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3297
3298 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3299
3300 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3301 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3302
3303 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3304 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3305 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3306 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3307
3308 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3309 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3310 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3311 `write' commands.
3312
3313 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3314 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3315 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3316 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3317
3318 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3319 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3320 semantics.
3321
3322 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3323
3324 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3325
3326 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3327
3328 STATEMENT :=
3329 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3330 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3331
3332 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3333 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3334 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3335 | integer
3336
3337 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3338
3339 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3340 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3341 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3342
3343 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3344 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3345 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3346
3347 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3348 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3349
3350 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3351 BREAK := (break)
3352
3353 REPEAT :=
3354 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3355 (repeat)
3356 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3357 ;; (repeat))
3358 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3359 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3360 ;; (read REG)
3361 ;; (repeat))
3362 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3363 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3364 ;; (read REG)
3365 ;; (repeat))
3366 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3367
3368 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3369 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3370 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3371 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3372 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3373 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3374 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3375 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3376 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3377 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3378 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3379 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3380 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3381 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3382 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3383 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3384
3385 WRITE :=
3386 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3387 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3388 ;; representation.
3389 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3390 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3391 ;; (write r7))
3392 | (write EXPRESSION)
3393 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3394 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3395 ;; representation.
3396 | (write integer)
3397 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3398 ;; buffer.
3399 | (write string)
3400 ;; Same as: (write string)
3401 | string
3402 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3403 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3404 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3405 ;; representation.
3406 | (write REG ARRAY)
3407 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3408 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3409 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3410 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3411 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3412 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3413
3414 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3415 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3416
3417 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3418 END := (end)
3419
3420 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3421 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3422 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3423
3424 ARG := REG | integer
3425
3426 OPERATOR :=
3427 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3428 + | - | * | / | %
3429
3430 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3431 | & | `|' | ^
3432
3433 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3434 | << | >>
3435
3436 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3437 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3438 | <8
3439
3440 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3441 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3442 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3443 | >8
3444
3445 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3446 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3447 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3448 | //
3449
3450 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3451 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3452
3453 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3454 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3455 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3456 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3457 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3458 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3459 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3460 | de-sjis
3461
3462 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3463 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3464 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3465 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3466 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3467 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3468 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3469 ;; byte of SJIS.
3470 | en-sjis
3471
3472 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3473 ;; Same meaning as C code
3474 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3475
3476 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3477 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3478 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3479 | <8=
3480
3481 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3482 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3483 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3484
3485 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3486 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3487 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3488 | //=
3489
3490 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3491
3492
3493 TRANSLATE :=
3494 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3495 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3496 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3497 LOOKUP :=
3498 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3499 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3500 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3501 MAP :=
3502 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3503 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3504 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3505 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3506 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3507 MAP-ID := integer
3508
3509 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3510
3511 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3512 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3513 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3514 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3515 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3516 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3517
3518 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3519
3520 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3521 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3522 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3523
3524 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3525
3526 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3527
3528 ;;;***
3529 \f
3530 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3531 ;;;;;; (16278 45828))
3532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3533
3534 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3535 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3536 There are no special keybindings by default.
3537
3538 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3539 to the action header.
3540
3541 \(fn)" t nil)
3542
3543 ;;;***
3544 \f
3545 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3546 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3547 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3548 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3549 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3550 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3551 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3552 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3553 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
3554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3555
3556 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3557 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3558 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3559 the users will view as each check is completed.
3560
3561 \(fn)" t nil)
3562
3563 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3564 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3565 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3566 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3567 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3568 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3569 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3570 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3571
3572 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3573
3574 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3575 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3576 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3577 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3578 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3579 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3580 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3581 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3582
3583 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3584
3585 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3586 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3587 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3588 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3589 spacing are all verified.
3590
3591 \(fn)" t nil)
3592
3593 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3594 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3595 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3596 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3597 otherwise stop after the first error.
3598
3599 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3600
3601 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3602 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3603 Only documentation strings are checked.
3604 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3605 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3606 a separate buffer.
3607
3608 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3609
3610 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3611 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3612 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3613 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3614 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3615
3616 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3617
3618 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3619 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3620 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3621 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3622 if there is one.
3623
3624 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3625
3626 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3627 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3628 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3629 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3630 if there is one.
3631 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3632
3633 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3634
3635 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3636 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3637 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3638
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3640
3641 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3642 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3643 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3644 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3645 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3646
3647 \(fn)" t nil)
3648
3649 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3650 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3651 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3652 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3653 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3654 space at the end of each line.
3655
3656 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3657
3658 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3659 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3660 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3661 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3662
3663 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3664
3665 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3666 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3667 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3668 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3669
3670 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3671
3672 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3673 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3674 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3675 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3676
3677 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3678
3679 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3680 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3681 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3682 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3683
3684 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3687 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3688 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3689 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3690
3691 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3692
3693 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3694 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3695 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3696 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3697
3698 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3699
3700 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3701 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3702 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3703 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3704
3705 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3706
3707 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3708 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3709 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3710 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3711
3712 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3713
3714 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3715 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3716 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3717 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3718
3719 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3720
3721 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3722 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3723 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3724
3725 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3726 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3727 checking of documentation strings.
3728
3729 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3730
3731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3732
3733 ;;;***
3734 \f
3735 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3736 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16211
3737 ;;;;;; 27033))
3738 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3739
3740 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3741 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3742 Return the length of resulting text.
3743
3744 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3745
3746 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3747 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3748
3749 \(fn)" t nil)
3750
3751 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3752 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3753 Return the length of resulting text.
3754
3755 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3756
3757 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3758 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3759
3760 \(fn)" t nil)
3761
3762 ;;;***
3763 \f
3764 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3765 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (16211 27012))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3767
3768 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3769 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3770 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3771 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3772 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3773 editing and the result is evaluated.
3774
3775 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3776
3777 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3778 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3779 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3780 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3781 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3782
3783 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3784
3785 \(fn)" t nil)
3786
3787 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3788 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3789 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3790 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3791 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3792
3793 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3794 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3795 \\{command-history-map}
3796
3797 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3798 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3799
3800 \(fn)" t nil)
3801
3802 ;;;***
3803 \f
3804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (16211 27024))
3805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3806
3807 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3808 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3809 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3810 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3811 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3812 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3813
3814 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3815 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3816
3817 ;;;***
3818 \f
3819 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3820 ;;;;;; (16211 27024))
3821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3822
3823 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3824 Not documented
3825
3826 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3827
3828 ;;;***
3829 \f
3830 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3831 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
3832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3833
3834 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3835 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3836 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3837 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3838
3839 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3840 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3841 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3842
3843 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3844 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3845
3846 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3847
3848 ;;;***
3849 \f
3850 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (16211
3851 ;;;;;; 27012))
3852 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3853
3854 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3855 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3856 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3857 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3858 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3859 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3860 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3861
3862 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3863 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3864
3865 ;;;***
3866 \f
3867 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3868 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3869 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (16215 28546))
3870 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3871
3872 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3873 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3874 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3875 ASCII table.
3876
3877 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3878 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3879 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3880 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3881
3882 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3883
3884 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3885 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3886 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3887
3888 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3889
3890 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3891 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3892 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3893
3894 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3895
3896 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3897 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3898 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3899
3900 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3901
3902 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3903 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3904
3905 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3906 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3907 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3908
3909 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3910 is a vector, and has a charset property.
3911
3912 \(fn)" nil nil)
3913
3914 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3915 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3916
3917 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3918 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3919 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
3920
3921 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3922
3923 ;;;***
3924 \f
3925 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3926 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3927 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3928 ;;;;;; (16211 27012))
3929 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3930
3931 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3932 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3933 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3934 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3935 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3936 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3937 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3938 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3939
3940 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3941
3942 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3943
3944 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3945 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3946 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3947 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3948 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3949 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3950 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3951 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3952
3953 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3954
3955 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3956
3957 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3958 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3959 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3960 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3961 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3962 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3963
3964 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3965
3966 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3967 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3968 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3969
3970 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3971
3972 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3973
3974 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3975 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3976 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3977
3978 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3979
3980 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3981
3982 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3983 Send COMMAND to current process.
3984 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3985 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3986
3987 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3988
3989 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3990 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3991 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3992 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3993
3994 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3995
3996 ;;;***
3997 \f
3998 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (16277
3999 ;;;;;; 42321))
4000 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4001
4002 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4003 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4004 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4005 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4006
4007 This command pushes the mark in each window
4008 at the prior location of point in that window.
4009 If both windows display the same buffer,
4010 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4011 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4012
4013 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4014 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4015 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4016 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4017 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4018 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4019 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4020 ignored.
4021
4022 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4023 this command work in interlaced mode:
4024 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4025 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4026 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4027
4028 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4029
4030 ;;;***
4031 \f
4032 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4033 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4034 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4035 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16277 42320))
4036 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4037
4038 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4039 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4040
4041 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4042
4043 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4044 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4045
4046 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4047
4048 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4049 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4050 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4051 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4052 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4053
4054 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4055 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4056 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4057 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4058 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4059
4060 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4061 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4062 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4063 describing how the process finished.")
4064
4065 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4066 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4067 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4068 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4069
4070 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4071 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4072 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4073
4074 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4075
4076 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4077 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4078 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4079 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4080
4081 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4082
4083 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4084 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4085 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4086 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4087
4088 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4089 and move to the source code that caused it.
4090
4091 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4092 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4093
4094 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4095 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4096 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4097 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4098 subprocesses.
4099
4100 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4101 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4102 to a function that generates a unique name.
4103
4104 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4105
4106 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4107 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4108 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4109 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4110 where grep found matches.
4111
4112 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4113 easily repeat a grep command.
4114
4115 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4116 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4117 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4118 if that history list is empty).
4119
4120 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4121
4122 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4123 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4124 Collect output in a buffer.
4125 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4126 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4127
4128 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4129 easily repeat a find command.
4130
4131 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4132
4133 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4134 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4135 Collect output in a buffer.
4136 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4137 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4138 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4139 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4140 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4141
4142 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4143 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4144
4145 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4146 easily repeat a find command.
4147
4148 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4149 those sub directories of DIR.
4150
4151 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4152
4153 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4154 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4155 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4156 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4157 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4158
4159 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4160
4161 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4162
4163 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4164 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4165 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4166 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4167 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4168 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4169 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4170
4171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4172
4173 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4174 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4175 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4176 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4177 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4178 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4179
4180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4181
4182 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4183 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4184
4185 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4186 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4187
4188 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4189 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4190 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4191 and start at the first error.
4192
4193 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4194 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4195 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4196 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4197 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4198 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4199
4200 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4201 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4202 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4203
4204 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4205 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4206
4207 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4208 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4209
4210 ;;;***
4211 \f
4212 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4213 ;;;;;; (16276 26334))
4214 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4215
4216 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4217 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4218 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4219 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4220 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4221
4222 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4223
4224 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4225 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4226 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4227
4228 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4229 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4230 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4231 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4232
4233 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4234 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4235 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4236 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4237
4238 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4239 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4240 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4241 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4242
4243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4244
4245 ;;;***
4246 \f
4247 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4248 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
4249 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4250
4251 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4252 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4253
4254 \(fn)" t nil)
4255
4256 ;;;***
4257 \f
4258 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4259 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4260 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4261 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
4262 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4263
4264 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4265 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4266 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4267 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4268 `make-composition'.
4269
4270 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4271
4272 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4273 | | 1:tc or top-center
4274 | | 2:tr or top-right
4275 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4276 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4277 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4278 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4279 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4280 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4281
4282 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4283 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4284 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4285 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4286 be added.
4287
4288 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4289 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4290 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4291
4292 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4293 | | |
4294 | global| |
4295 | glyph | |
4296 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4297 +----+--*--+
4298 | | new |
4299 | |glyph|
4300 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4301 ")
4302
4303 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4304 Compose characters in the current region.
4305
4306 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4307 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4308
4309 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4310
4311 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4312 specifying the region.
4313
4314 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4315 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4316 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4317
4318 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4319 of the text in the region.
4320
4321 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4322
4323 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4324 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4325 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4326 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4327
4328 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4329 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4330 detail.
4331
4332 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4333 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4334 text in the composition.
4335
4336 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4337
4338 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4339 Decompose text in the current region.
4340
4341 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4342 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4343
4344 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4345
4346 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4347 Compose characters in string STRING.
4348
4349 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4350 the characters in it.
4351
4352 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4353 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4354 STRING respectively.
4355
4356 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4357 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4358 `compose-region' for more detail.
4359
4360 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4361 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4362 text in the composition.
4363
4364 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4365
4366 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4367 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4368
4369 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4370
4371 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4372 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4373 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4374 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4375 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4376 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4377 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4378 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4379
4380 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4381
4382 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4383 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4384
4385 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4386 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4387
4388 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4389 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4390
4391 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4392 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4393
4394 If no composition is found, return nil.
4395
4396 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4397 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4398
4399 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4400 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4401 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4402
4403 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4404
4405 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4406
4407 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4408 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4409 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4410
4411 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4412
4413 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4414
4415 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4416
4417 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4418 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4419
4420 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4421 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4422 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4423 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4424 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4425 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4426 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4427 nil.
4428
4429 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4430 is:
4431 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4432 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4433
4434 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4435
4436 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4437 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4438
4439 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4440
4441 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4442
4443 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4444 Compose last characters.
4445 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4446 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4447 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4448 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4449 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4450 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4451 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4452 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4453 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4454 after a sequence character events.
4455
4456 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4457 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4458
4459 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4460 Convert CHAR to string.
4461
4462 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4463 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4464 vector of CHAR respectively.
4465 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4466
4467 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4468
4469 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4470
4471 ;;;***
4472 \f
4473 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4474 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (16211 27038))
4475 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4476
4477 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4478 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4479 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4480 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4481
4482 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4483
4484 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4485 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4486 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4487 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4488
4489 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4490
4491 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4492 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4493 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4494 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4495
4496 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4497
4498 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4499 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4500
4501 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4502
4503 ;;;***
4504 \f
4505 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4506 ;;;;;; (16211 27024))
4507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4508
4509 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4510 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4511 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4512 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4513 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4514 following the copyright are updated as well.
4515 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4516 interactively.
4517
4518 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4519
4520 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4521 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4522
4523 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4524
4525 ;;;***
4526 \f
4527 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4528 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
4529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4530
4531 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4532 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4533 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4534 Tab indents for Perl code.
4535 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4536 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4537
4538 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4539 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4540 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4541 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4542 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4543 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4544 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4545 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4546 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4547 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4548 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4549 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4550
4551 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4552
4553 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4554 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4555
4556 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4557
4558 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4559 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4560 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4561 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4562 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4563 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4564 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4565 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4566 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4567
4568 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4569
4570 bite if angry;
4571
4572 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4573 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4574 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4575 to nil.)
4576
4577 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4578 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4579 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4580
4581 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4582
4583 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4584 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4585 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4586 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4587 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4588
4589 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4590
4591 if (A) { B }
4592
4593 into
4594
4595 B if A;
4596
4597 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4598
4599 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4600 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4601 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4602 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4603 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4604 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4605 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4606 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4607 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4608 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4609 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4610 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4611 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4612
4613 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4614 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4615 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4616 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4617 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4618 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4619
4620 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4621 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4622 man via menu.
4623
4624 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4625 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4626 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4627 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4628 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4629
4630 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4631 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4632 span the needed amount of lines.
4633
4634 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4635 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4636 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4637 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4638
4639 Variables controlling indentation style:
4640 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4641 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4642 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4643 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4644 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4645 `cperl-auto-newline'
4646 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4647 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4648 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4649 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4650 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4651 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4652 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4653 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4654 `cperl-indent-level'
4655 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4656 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4657 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4658 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4659 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4660 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4661 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4662 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4663 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4664 `cperl-brace-offset'
4665 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4666 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4667 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4668 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4669 `cperl-label-offset'
4670 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4671 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4672 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4673
4674 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4675 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4676 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4677 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4678 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4679
4680 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4681 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4682 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4683 \(both available from menu).
4684
4685 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4686 column 0 is indented on
4687 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4688
4689 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4690 with no args.
4691
4692 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4693 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4694 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4695
4696 \(fn)" t nil)
4697
4698 ;;;***
4699 \f
4700 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4701 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
4702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4703
4704 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4705 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4706 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4707 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4708 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4709
4710 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4711
4712 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4713 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4714
4715 \(fn)" t nil)
4716
4717 ;;;***
4718 \f
4719 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4720 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
4721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4722
4723 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4724 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4725 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4726 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4727
4728 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4729 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4730
4731 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4732
4733 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4734 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4735 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4736
4737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4738
4739 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4740
4741 ;;;***
4742 \f
4743 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4744 ;;;;;; (16211 27024))
4745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4746
4747 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4748 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4749 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4750 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4751
4752 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4753 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4754 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4755 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4756
4757 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4758 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4759 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4760
4761 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4762 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4763 'bob', and 'eve'.
4764
4765 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4766 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4767 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4768
4769 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4770
4771 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4772 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4773 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4774
4775 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4776
4777 ;;;***
4778 \f
4779 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16211
4780 ;;;;;; 27026))
4781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4782
4783 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4784 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4785 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4786 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4787 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4788
4789 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4790
4791 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4792 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4793 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4794 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4795 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4796 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4797
4798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4799 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4800 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4801 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4802 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4803 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4804 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4805 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4806 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4807
4808 ;;;***
4809 \f
4810 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4811 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4812 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4813 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4814 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4815 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4816 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4817 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4818 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16211 27013))
4819 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4820 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4821
4822 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4823 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4824
4825 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4826 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4827
4828 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4829 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4830
4831 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4832
4833 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4834
4835 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4836 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4837 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4838
4839 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4840 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4841
4842 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4843 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4844
4845 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4846 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4847
4848 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4849 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4850
4851 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4852
4853 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4854
4855 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4856 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4857 Return VALUE.
4858
4859 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4860 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4861
4862 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4863 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4864
4865 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4866 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4867
4868 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4869 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4870
4871 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4872
4873 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4874
4875 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4876 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4877 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4878 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4879 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4880
4881 \(fn)" t nil)
4882
4883 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4884 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4885 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4886 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4887
4888 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4889
4890 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4891 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4892
4893 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4894
4895 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4896 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4897
4898 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4899
4900 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4901
4902 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4903 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4904
4905 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4906
4907 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4908
4909 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4910 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4911 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4912
4913 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4914
4915 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4916 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4917 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4918 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4919 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4920
4921 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4922 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4923 version.
4924
4925 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4926
4927 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4928 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4929 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4930
4931 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4932 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4933
4934 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4935
4936 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4937 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4938
4939 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4940 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4941
4942 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4943
4944 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4945 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
4946
4947 \(fn)" t nil)
4948
4949 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
4950 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
4951
4952 \(fn)" t nil)
4953
4954 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4955 Customize all already saved user options.
4956
4957 \(fn)" t nil)
4958
4959 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4960 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4961 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4962 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4963 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4964 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4965 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
4966
4967 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4968
4969 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4970 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4971 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
4972
4973 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4974
4975 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4976 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
4977
4978 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4979
4980 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4981 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
4982
4983 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4984
4985 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4986 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4987 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4988 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4989 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4990 that option.
4991
4992 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4993
4994 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4995 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4996 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4997 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4998 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4999 that option.
5000
5001 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5002
5003 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5004 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5005
5006 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5007
5008 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5009 File used for storing customization information.
5010 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5011 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5012 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5013
5014 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5015 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5016 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5017 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5018
5019 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5020
5021 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5022 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5023
5024 \(fn)" t nil)
5025
5026 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5027 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5028
5029 \(fn)" nil nil)
5030
5031 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5032 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5033 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5034
5035 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5036
5037 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5038 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5039 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5040 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5041 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5042
5043 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5044
5045 ;;;***
5046 \f
5047 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5048 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5049 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5050 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5051
5052 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5053 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5054
5055 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5056
5057 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5058 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5059 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5060 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5061
5062 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5063
5064 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5065 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5066 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5067 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5068 between themes and faces.
5069 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5070
5071 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5072 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5073
5074 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5075
5076 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5077 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5078 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5079 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5080 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5081
5082 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5083
5084 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5085 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5086 Associate this setting with THEME.
5087
5088 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5089
5090 (FACE TO-THEME)
5091
5092 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5093
5094 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5095
5096 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5097 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5098 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5099
5100 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5101
5102 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5103
5104 ;;;***
5105 \f
5106 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5107 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5108 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5109
5110 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5111 Create a custom theme.
5112
5113 \(fn)" t nil)
5114
5115 ;;;***
5116 \f
5117 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5118 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5119 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5120
5121 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5122 Mode used for cvs status output.
5123
5124 \(fn)" t nil)
5125
5126 ;;;***
5127 \f
5128 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5129 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (16211 27039))
5130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5131
5132 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5133 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5134
5135 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5136 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5137 C++ modes are included.
5138
5139 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5140
5141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5142
5143 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5144 Turn on CWarn mode.
5145
5146 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5147 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5148
5149 \(fn)" nil nil)
5150
5151 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5152 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5153 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5154 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5155 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5156
5157 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5158
5159 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5160 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5161 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5162 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5163 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5164
5165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5166
5167 ;;;***
5168 \f
5169 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5170 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5171 ;;;;;; (16211 27033))
5172 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5173
5174 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5175 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5176
5177 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5178
5179 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5180 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5181
5182 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5183
5184 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5185 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5186 For readability, the table is slightly
5187 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5188
5189 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5190 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5191 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5192 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5193 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5194
5195 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5196
5197 ;;;***
5198 \f
5199 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5200 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5201 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5202 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5203 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5204
5205 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5206 Completion on current word.
5207 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5208 and presents suggestions for completion.
5209
5210 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5211 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5212 completions.
5213
5214 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5215 then it searches *all* buffers.
5216
5217 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5218 if there is a suitable one already.
5219
5220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5221
5222 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5223 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5224
5225 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5226 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5227 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5228 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5229 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5230
5231 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5232 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5233
5234 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5235 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5236 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5237
5238 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5239 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5240
5241 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5242
5243 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5244
5245 ;;;***
5246 \f
5247 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (16211
5248 ;;;;;; 27039))
5249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5250
5251 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5252 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5253
5254 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5255 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5256 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5257
5258 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5259 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5260 Data lines are not indented.
5261
5262 Key bindings:
5263
5264 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5265 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5266
5267 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5268 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5269 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5270 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5271
5272 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5273
5274 dcl-basic-offset
5275 Extra indentation within blocks.
5276
5277 dcl-continuation-offset
5278 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5279
5280 dcl-margin-offset
5281 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5282
5283 dcl-margin-label-offset
5284 Indentation for a label.
5285
5286 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5287 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5288
5289 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5290 dcl-block-end-regexp
5291 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5292 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5293 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5294 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5295 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5296
5297 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5298 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5299 Two such functions are included in the package:
5300 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5301 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5302
5303 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5304 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5305 One such function is included in the package:
5306 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5307
5308 dcl-tab-always-indent
5309 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5310 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5311 margin.
5312
5313 dcl-electric-characters
5314 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5315 typed.
5316
5317 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5318 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5319 which words trigger electric indentation.
5320
5321 dcl-tempo-comma
5322 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5323 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5324 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5325
5326 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5327 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5328 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5329 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5330
5331 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5332 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5333 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5334 dcl-imenu-label-call
5335 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5336
5337 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5338 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5339 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5340 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5341
5342
5343 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5344
5345 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5346 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5347 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5348 $ i = 1
5349 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5350 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5351 $ label:
5352 $ if i.eq.1
5353 $ then
5354 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5355 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5356 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5357 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5358 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5359 \"lined up with the command line\"
5360 $ type sys$input
5361 Data lines are not indented at all.
5362 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5363 $ endif
5364 $
5365
5366
5367 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5368 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5369
5370 \(fn)" t nil)
5371
5372 ;;;***
5373 \f
5374 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5375 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16211 27025))
5376 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5377
5378 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5379
5380 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5381 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5382 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5383 of the evaluator.
5384
5385 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5386 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5387 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5388
5389 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5390
5391 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5392 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5393 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5394 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5395 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5396 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5397 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5398
5399 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5400
5401 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5402 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5403 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5404
5405 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5406
5407 ;;;***
5408 \f
5409 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5410 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
5411 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5412
5413 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5414 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5415
5416 \(fn)" t nil)
5417
5418 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5419 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5420 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5421 Upper-case letters are commands.
5422
5423 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5424 modify it.
5425
5426 The most useful commands are:
5427 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5428 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5429 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5430 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5431 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5432 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5433
5434 \(fn)" t nil)
5435
5436 ;;;***
5437 \f
5438 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5439 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (16211
5440 ;;;;;; 27013))
5441 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5442
5443 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5444 Customization of `columns' group.
5445
5446 \(fn)" t nil)
5447
5448 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5449 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5450
5451 START and END delimits the text region.
5452
5453 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5454
5455 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5456 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5457
5458 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5459
5460 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5461
5462 ;;;***
5463 \f
5464 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16211
5465 ;;;;;; 27039))
5466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5467
5468 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5469 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5470 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5471 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5472 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5473 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5474
5475 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5476
5477 Customization:
5478
5479 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5480 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5481 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5482 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5483 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5484 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5485 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5486 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5487 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5488 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5489 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5490 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5491 blank line.
5492 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5493 Directories to search when finding external units.
5494 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5495 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5496
5497 Coloring:
5498
5499 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5500 Face used to color delphi comments.
5501 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5502 Face used to color delphi strings.
5503 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5504 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5505 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5506 Face used to color everything else.
5507
5508 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5509 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5510
5511 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5512
5513 ;;;***
5514 \f
5515 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16211
5516 ;;;;;; 27013))
5517 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5518
5519 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5520
5521 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5522 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5523 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5525 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5526
5527 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5528
5529 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5530 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5531 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5532 positive.
5533
5534 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5535 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5536 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5537 any selection.
5538
5539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5540
5541 ;;;***
5542 \f
5543 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5544 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16211 27025))
5545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5546
5547 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5548 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5549
5550 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5551
5552 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5553 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5554 or nil if there is no parent.
5555 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5556 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5557 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5558 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5559 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5560
5561 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5562 arguments are currently understood:
5563 :group GROUP
5564 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5565 :syntax-table TABLE
5566 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5567 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5568 :abbrev-table TABLE
5569 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5570 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5571
5572 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5573
5574 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5575
5576 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5577 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5578 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5579
5580 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5581 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5582
5583 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5584 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5585 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5586
5587 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5588 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5589
5590 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5591 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5592
5593 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5594
5595 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5596 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5597 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5598 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5599 the first time the mode is used.
5600
5601 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5602
5603 ;;;***
5604 \f
5605 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5606 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16302 39173))
5607 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5608
5609 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5610 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5611 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5612 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5613 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5614 otherwise.
5615
5616 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5617
5618 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5619 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5620 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5621 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5622 character composition information (if relevant),
5623 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5624
5625 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5626
5627 ;;;***
5628 \f
5629 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5630 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5631 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (16297 34365))
5632 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5633
5634 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5635 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5636 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5638 use either \\[customize] or the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5639
5640 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
5641
5642 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
5643 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5644 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5645 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
5646 desktop is saved.
5647
5648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5649
5650 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5651 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5652 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5653 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5654 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5655 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5656 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5657 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5658
5659 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5660
5661 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5662 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5663 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5664
5665 \(fn)" nil nil)
5666
5667 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5668 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5669 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5670 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5671 directory DIRNAME.
5672
5673 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5674
5675 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
5676 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5677
5678 \(fn)" t nil)
5679
5680 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5681 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5682
5683 \(fn)" t nil)
5684
5685 ;;;***
5686 \f
5687 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util"
5688 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (16232 544))
5689 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5690
5691 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5692
5693 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
5694 Not documented
5695
5696 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
5697
5698 ;;;***
5699 \f
5700 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5701 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16212 54636))
5702 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5703
5704 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5705 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5706 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5707 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5708 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5709
5710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5711
5712 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5713 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5714 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5715 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5716
5717 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5718 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5719 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5720 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5721
5722 #!/bin/sh
5723 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5724 emacs -batch \\
5725 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5726 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5727 european-calendar-style t \\
5728 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5729 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5730 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5731
5732 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5733 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5734 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5735 to run it every morning at 1am.
5736
5737 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5738
5739 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5740 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5741
5742 \(fn)" t nil)
5743
5744 ;;;***
5745 \f
5746 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5747 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (16277 42321))
5748 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5749
5750 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5751 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5752
5753 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5754
5755 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5756 *The command to use to run diff.")
5757
5758 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5759
5760 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5761 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5762 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5763 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5764 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5765 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5766
5767 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5768
5769 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5770 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5771 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5772 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5773 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5774
5775 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5776
5777 ;;;***
5778 \f
5779 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5780 ;;;;;; (16309 31935))
5781 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5782
5783 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5784 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5785 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5786 normal diffs.
5787 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5788 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5789 headers for you on-the-fly.
5790
5791 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5792 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5793 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5794
5795 \(fn)" t nil)
5796
5797 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5798 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5799 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5800
5801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5802
5803 ;;;***
5804 \f
5805 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5806 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5807 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5808 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5809 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16292 22310))
5810 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5811
5812 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5813 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5814 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5815 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5816 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5817 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5818 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5819 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5820
5821 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5822
5823 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5824 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5825
5826 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5827 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5828 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5829 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5830 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5831
5832 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5833 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5834
5835 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5836 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5837 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5838 always set this variable to t.")
5839
5840 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5841
5842 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5843 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5844 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5845 A value of t means move to first file.")
5846
5847 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5848
5849 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5850 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5851 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5852 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5853 are afterward marked with that character.")
5854
5855 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5856
5857 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5858 *Controls marking of copied files.
5859 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5860 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5861
5862 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5863
5864 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5865 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5866 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5867 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5868
5869 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5870
5871 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5872 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5873 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5874 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5875
5876 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5877
5878 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5879 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5880 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5881 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5882
5883 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5884
5885 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5886
5887 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5888 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5889 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5890
5891 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5892
5893 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5894 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5895 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5896 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5897 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5898 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5899
5900 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5901 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5902 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5903 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5904 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5905 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5906 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5907 list of files to make directory entries for.
5908 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5909 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5910 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5911 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5912
5913 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5914
5915 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5916 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5917
5918 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5919 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5920
5921 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5922 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5923
5924 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5925 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5926
5927 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5928
5929 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5930 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5931
5932 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5933 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5934
5935 ;;;***
5936 \f
5937 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5938 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5939 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5940 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5941 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5942 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5943 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5944 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5945 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5946 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5947 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5948 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5949 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (16211 27013))
5950 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5951
5952 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5953 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5954 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5955 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5956 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5957 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5958 which is options for `diff'.
5959
5960 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5961
5962 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5963 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5964 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5965 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5966 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5967 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
5968
5969 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5970
5971 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5972 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5973 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
5974
5975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5976
5977 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5978 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5979
5980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5981
5982 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5983 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5984
5985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5986
5987 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5988 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5989 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5990 `lpr-switches' as default.
5991
5992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5993
5994 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5995 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5996 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5997 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5998 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5999
6000 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6001 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6002
6003 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6004 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6005 file name substituted for `?'.
6006
6007 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6008 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6009
6010 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6011 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6012 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6013 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6014
6015 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6016
6017 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6018 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6019 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6020
6021 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6022 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6023 in a subdir.
6024
6025 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6026 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6027
6028 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6029
6030 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6031 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6032 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6033 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6034 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6035 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6036
6037 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6038
6039 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6040 Not documented
6041
6042 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6043
6044 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6045 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6046
6047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6048
6049 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6050 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6051
6052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6053
6054 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6055 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6056
6057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6058
6059 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6060 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6061 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6062 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6063
6064 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6065
6066 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6067 Not documented
6068
6069 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6070
6071 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6072 Not documented
6073
6074 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6075
6076 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6077 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6078
6079 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6080
6081 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6082 Not documented
6083
6084 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6085
6086 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6087 Not documented
6088
6089 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6090
6091 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6092 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6093
6094 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6095
6096 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6097 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6098 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6099 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6100 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6101 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6102 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6103 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6104 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6105
6106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6107
6108 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6109 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6110 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6111 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6112 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6113 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6114 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6115 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6116
6117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6118
6119 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6120 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6121 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6122 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6123 and new hard links are made in that directory
6124 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6125 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6126 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6127
6128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6129
6130 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6131 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6132 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6133 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6134 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6135 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6136 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6137
6138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6139
6140 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6141 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6142
6143 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6144 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6145 file if none are marked.
6146
6147 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6148 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6149 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6150 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6151
6152 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6153 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6154
6155 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6156
6157 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6158 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6159 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6160
6161 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6162
6163 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6164 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6165 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6166
6167 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6168
6169 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6170 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6171 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6172
6173 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6174
6175 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6176 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6177
6178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6179
6180 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6181 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6182
6183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6184
6185 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6186 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6187 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6188 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6189 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6190 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6191 this subdirectory.
6192 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6193
6194 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6195
6196 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6197 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6198 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6199 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6200 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6201 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6202 this subdirectory.
6203 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6204
6205 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6206
6207 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6208 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6209 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6210
6211 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6212
6213 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6214 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6215 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6216 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6217
6218 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6219
6220 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6221 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6222 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6223 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6224
6225 \(fn)" t nil)
6226
6227 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6228 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6229 Lower levels are unaffected.
6230
6231 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6232
6233 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6234 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6235
6236 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6237
6238 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6239 Go down in the dired tree.
6240
6241 \(fn)" t nil)
6242
6243 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6244 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6245 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6246 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6247
6248 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6249
6250 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6251 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6252 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6253 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6254
6255 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6256
6257 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6258 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6259 Stops when a match is found.
6260 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6261
6262 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6263
6264 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6265 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6266 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6267 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6268 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6269
6270 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6271
6272 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6273 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6274 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6275 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6276
6277 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6278
6279 ;;;***
6280 \f
6281 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (16246 41969))
6282 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6283
6284 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6285 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6286 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6287 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6288 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6289 buffer and try again.
6290
6291 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6292
6293 ;;;***
6294 \f
6295 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (16211 27015))
6296 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6297
6298 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6299 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6300 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6301
6302 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6303
6304 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6305 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6306
6307 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6308 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6309
6310 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6311
6312 ;;;***
6313 \f
6314 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16211
6315 ;;;;;; 27025))
6316 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6317
6318 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6319 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6320 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6321 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6322 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6323 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6324
6325 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6326
6327 ;;;***
6328 \f
6329 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6330 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6331 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6332 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6333 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (16286 45076))
6334 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6335
6336 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6337 Return a new, empty display table.
6338
6339 \(fn)" nil nil)
6340
6341 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6342 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6343 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6344 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6345 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6346
6347 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6348
6349 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6350 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6351 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6352 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6353 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6354
6355 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6356
6357 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6358 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6359
6360 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6361
6362 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6363 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6364
6365 \(fn)" t nil)
6366
6367 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6368 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6369
6370 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6371
6372 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6373 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6374
6375 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6376
6377 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6378 Display character C using printable string S.
6379
6380 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6381
6382 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6383 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6384 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6385 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6386
6387 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6388
6389 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6390 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6391 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6392 X frame.
6393
6394 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6395
6396 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6397 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6398
6399 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6400
6401 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6402 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6403
6404 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6405
6406 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6407 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6408
6409 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6410 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6411 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6412 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6413
6414 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6415 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6416 European character display.
6417
6418 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6419 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6420 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6421 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6422
6423 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6424 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6425 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6426 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6427 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6428
6429 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6430
6431 ;;;***
6432 \f
6433 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6434 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
6435 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6436
6437 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6438 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6439 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6440 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6441 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6442 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6443 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6444 Default is 2.
6445
6446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6447
6448 ;;;***
6449 \f
6450 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (16211 27038))
6451 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6452
6453 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6454 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6455
6456 \(fn)" t nil)
6457
6458 ;;;***
6459 \f
6460 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6461 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
6462 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6463
6464 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6465 Toggle Double mode.
6466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6467 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6468
6469 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6470
6471 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6472 Toggle Double mode.
6473 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6474
6475 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6476 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6477
6478 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6479
6480 ;;;***
6481 \f
6482 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (16211 27038))
6483 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6484
6485 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6486 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6487
6488 \(fn)" t nil)
6489
6490 ;;;***
6491 \f
6492 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6493 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
6494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6495
6496 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6497 Play sounds in message buffers.
6498
6499 \(fn)" t nil)
6500
6501 ;;;***
6502 \f
6503 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6504 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6505 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16309 31935))
6506 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6507
6508 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6509
6510 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6511 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6512 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6513 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6514
6515 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6516 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6517 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6518 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6519 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6520 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6521 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6522 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6523 used (see below).
6524
6525 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6526 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6527 Before the actual body code, you can write
6528 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6529 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6530 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6531 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6532 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6533 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6534 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6535 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6536 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6537 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6538 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6539
6540 For example, you could write
6541 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6542 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6543 ...BODY CODE...)
6544
6545 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6546
6547 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6548 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6549 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6550 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6551 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6552 :group to specify the custom group.
6553
6554 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6555
6556 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6557 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6558 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6559 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6560 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6561 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6562 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6563
6564 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6565
6566 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6567 Not documented
6568
6569 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6570
6571 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6572 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6573 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6574
6575 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6576
6577 ;;;***
6578 \f
6579 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6580 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16211
6581 ;;;;;; 27026))
6582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6583
6584 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6585
6586 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6587 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6588
6589 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6590 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6591 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6592
6593 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6594 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6595
6596 :filter FUNCTION
6597
6598 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6599 menu displayed.
6600
6601 :visible INCLUDE
6602
6603 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6604 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6605
6606 :active ENABLE
6607
6608 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6609 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6610
6611 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6612
6613 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6614
6615 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6616
6617 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6618 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6619
6620 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6621 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6622
6623 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6624
6625 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6626
6627 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6628
6629 :keys KEYS
6630
6631 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6632 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6633 computed automatically.
6634 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6635
6636 :key-sequence KEYS
6637
6638 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6639 menu item.
6640 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6641 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6642 keyboard equivalent.
6643
6644 :active ENABLE
6645
6646 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6647 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6648
6649 :included INCLUDE
6650
6651 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6652 expression has a non-nil value.
6653
6654 :suffix FORM
6655
6656 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6657 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6658
6659 :style STYLE
6660
6661 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6662 defined:
6663
6664 toggle: A checkbox.
6665 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6666 radio: A radio button.
6667 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6668 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6669 menu bar itself.
6670 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6671
6672 :selected SELECTED
6673
6674 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6675 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6676
6677 :help HELP
6678
6679 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6680
6681 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6682 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6683 as a solid horizontal line.
6684
6685 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6686
6687 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6688
6689 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6690 Not documented
6691
6692 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6693
6694 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6695 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6696 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6697 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6698
6699 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6700
6701 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6702 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6703 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6704 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6705 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6706 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6707
6708 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6709 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6710 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6711
6712 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6713 to implement dynamic menus.
6714
6715 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6716
6717 ;;;***
6718 \f
6719 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6720 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6721 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6722 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6723 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (16211 27039))
6724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6725
6726 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6727 Customization for ebnf group.
6728
6729 \(fn)" t nil)
6730
6731 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6732 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6733
6734 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6735 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6736 it to the printer.
6737
6738 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6739 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6740 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6741 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6742
6743 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6744
6745 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6746 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6747 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6748
6749 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6750
6751 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6752 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6753 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6754 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6755
6756 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6757
6758 \(fn)" t nil)
6759
6760 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6761 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6762 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6763
6764 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6765
6766 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6767
6768 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6769 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6770
6771 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6772 The EPS file name has the following form:
6773
6774 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6775
6776 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6777 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6778
6779 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6780 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6781 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6782 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6783
6784 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6785
6786 \(fn)" t nil)
6787
6788 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6789 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6790
6791 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6792 The EPS file name has the following form:
6793
6794 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6795
6796 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6797 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6798
6799 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6800 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6801 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6802 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6803
6804 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6805
6806 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6807
6808 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6809
6810 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6811 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6812
6813 \(fn)" t nil)
6814
6815 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6816 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6817
6818 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6819
6820 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6821 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6822
6823 \(fn)" nil nil)
6824
6825 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6826 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6827
6828 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6829
6830 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6831 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6832
6833 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6834
6835 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6836 Set STYLE to current style.
6837
6838 It returns the old style symbol.
6839
6840 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6841
6842 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6843 Reset current style.
6844
6845 It returns the old style symbol.
6846
6847 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6848
6849 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6850 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6851
6852 It returns the old style symbol.
6853
6854 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6855
6856 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6857 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6858
6859 It returns the old style symbol.
6860
6861 \(fn)" t nil)
6862
6863 ;;;***
6864 \f
6865 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6866 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6867 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6868 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
6869 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
6870 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
6871 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
6872 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
6873 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
6874 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
6875 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (16233
6876 ;;;;;; 59013))
6877 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6878
6879 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6880 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6881 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6882 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6883 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6884 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6885
6886 Tree mode key bindings:
6887 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6888
6889 \(fn)" t nil)
6890
6891 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6892 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6893
6894 \(fn)" t nil)
6895
6896 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6897 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
6898
6899 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
6900
6901 \(fn)" nil nil)
6902
6903 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6904 View declaration of member at point.
6905
6906 \(fn)" t nil)
6907
6908 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6909 Find declaration of member at point.
6910
6911 \(fn)" t nil)
6912
6913 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6914 View definition of member at point.
6915
6916 \(fn)" t nil)
6917
6918 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6919 Find definition of member at point.
6920
6921 \(fn)" t nil)
6922
6923 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6924 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
6925
6926 \(fn)" t nil)
6927
6928 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6929 View definition of member at point in other window.
6930
6931 \(fn)" t nil)
6932
6933 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6934 Find definition of member at point in other window.
6935
6936 \(fn)" t nil)
6937
6938 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6939 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6940
6941 \(fn)" t nil)
6942
6943 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6944 View definition of member at point in other frame.
6945
6946 \(fn)" t nil)
6947
6948 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6949 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6950
6951 \(fn)" t nil)
6952
6953 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6954 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6955 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6956 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6957 completion.
6958
6959 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6960
6961 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6962 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6963 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6964 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6965
6966 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6967
6968 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
6969 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
6970 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
6971 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
6972
6973 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6974
6975 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6976 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6977 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6978
6979 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6980
6981 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6982 Search for call sites of a member.
6983 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6984 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6985 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6986 looks like a function call to the member.
6987
6988 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6989
6990 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6991 Move backward in the position stack.
6992 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6993
6994 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6995
6996 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6997 Move forward in the position stack.
6998 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6999
7000 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7001
7002 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7003 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7004
7005 \(fn)" t nil)
7006
7007 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7008 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7009
7010 \(fn)" t nil)
7011
7012 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7013 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7014 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7015 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7016
7017 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7018
7019 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7020 Display statistics for a class tree.
7021
7022 \(fn)" t nil)
7023
7024 ;;;***
7025 \f
7026 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7027 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7028 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7029
7030 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7031 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7032 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7033 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7034
7035 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7036 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7037 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7038
7039 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7040 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7041 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
7042
7043 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
7044
7045 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7046
7047 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7048
7049 ;;;***
7050 \f
7051 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7052 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (16211 27015))
7053 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7054
7055 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7056 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7057 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7058
7059 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7060
7061 ;;;***
7062 \f
7063 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7064 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16277 42320))
7065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7066
7067 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7068 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7069 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7070 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7071 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7072
7073 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7074 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7075 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7076 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7077
7078 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7079
7080 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7081 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7082 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7083 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7084
7085 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7086
7087 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7088 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7089 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7090 \(naming a function), or a list.
7091
7092 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7093
7094 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7095
7096 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7097 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7098 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7099 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7100 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7101
7102 If you do this on a function definition
7103 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7104 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7105 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7106 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7107
7108 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7109 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7110 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7111 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7112 already is one.)
7113
7114 \(fn)" t nil)
7115
7116 ;;;***
7117 \f
7118 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7119 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7120 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7121 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7122 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7123 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7124 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7125 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7126 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7127 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16271 3439))
7128 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7129
7130 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7131 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7132
7133 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7134
7135 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7136 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7137
7138 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7139
7140 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7141
7142 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7143
7144 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7145 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7146 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7147 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7148
7149 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7150
7151 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7152 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7153
7154 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7155
7156 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7157
7158 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7159 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7160
7161 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7162
7163 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7164
7165 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7166 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7167 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7168 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7169
7170 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7171
7172 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7173
7174 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7175 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7176 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7177 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7178
7179 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7180
7181 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7182
7183 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7184 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7185 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7186 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7187
7188 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7189
7190 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7191
7192 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7193 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7194 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7195 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7196
7197 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7198
7199 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7200
7201 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7202 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7203 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7204 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7205 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7206 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7207
7208 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7209
7210 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7211 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7212 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7213 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7214
7215 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7216
7217 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7218
7219 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7220 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7221 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7222 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7223
7224 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7225
7226 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7227
7228 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7229
7230 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7231 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7232 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7233 follows:
7234 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7235 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7236
7237 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7238
7239 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7240 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7241 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7242 follows:
7243 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7244 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7245
7246 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7249 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7250 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7251 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7252 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7253 region.
7254 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7255 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7256
7257 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7258
7259 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7260 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7261 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7262 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7263 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7264 region.
7265 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7266 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7267 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7268
7269 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7270
7271 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7272
7273 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7274 Merge two files without ancestor.
7275
7276 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7277
7278 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7279 Merge two files with ancestor.
7280
7281 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7282
7283 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7284
7285 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7286 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7287
7288 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7289
7290 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7291 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7292
7293 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7294
7295 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7296 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7297 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7298 buffer.
7299
7300 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7301
7302 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7303 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7304 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7305 buffer.
7306
7307 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7308
7309 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7310 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7311 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7312 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7313
7314 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7315
7316 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7317 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7318 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7319 and don't ask the user.
7320 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7321 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7322
7323 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7324
7325 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7326 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7327 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7328 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7329 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7330 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7331
7332 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7333
7334 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7335
7336 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7337
7338 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7339 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7340 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7341 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7342 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7343
7344 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7345
7346 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7347
7348 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7349 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7350 When called interactively, displays the version.
7351
7352 \(fn)" t nil)
7353
7354 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7355 Display Ediff's manual.
7356 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7357
7358 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7359
7360 ;;;***
7361 \f
7362 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7363 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7364 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7365
7366 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7367 Not documented
7368
7369 \(fn)" t nil)
7370
7371 ;;;***
7372 \f
7373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (16211 27015))
7374 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7375
7376 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7377 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7378
7379 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7380
7381 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7382
7383 ;;;***
7384 \f
7385 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7386 ;;;;;; (16271 3441))
7387 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7388
7389 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7390 Display Ediff's registry.
7391
7392 \(fn)" t nil)
7393
7394 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7395
7396 ;;;***
7397 \f
7398 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7399 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16271 3439))
7400 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7401
7402 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7403 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7404 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7405 which see.
7406
7407 \(fn)" t nil)
7408
7409 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7410 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7411 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7412 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7413
7414 \(fn)" t nil)
7415
7416 ;;;***
7417 \f
7418 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7419 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7420 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7421 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7422
7423 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7424 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7425 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7426
7427 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7428 Edit a keyboard macro.
7429 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7430 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7431 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7432 its command name.
7433 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7434
7435 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7436
7437 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7438 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7439
7440 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7441
7442 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7443 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7444
7445 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7446
7447 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7448 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7449 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7450 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7451 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7452 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7453
7454 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7455 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7456 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7457 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7458
7459 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7460
7461 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7462 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7463 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7464 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7465 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7466 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7467
7468 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7469
7470 ;;;***
7471 \f
7472 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7473 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (16211 27026))
7474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7475
7476 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7477 Set scroll margins.
7478 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7479 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7480
7481 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7482
7483 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7484 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7485
7486 \(fn)" t nil)
7487
7488 ;;;***
7489 \f
7490 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7491 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7492 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7493
7494 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7495 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7496 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7497 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7498 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7499 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7500 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7501 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7502
7503 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7504 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7505
7506 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7507 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7508 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7509 this value is non-nil.
7510
7511 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7512 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7513 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7514
7515 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7516 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7517 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7518
7519 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7520
7521 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7522 Not documented
7523
7524 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7525
7526 ;;;***
7527 \f
7528 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7529 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16218 6703))
7530 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7531
7532 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7533 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7534
7535 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7536
7537 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7538 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7539 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7540
7541 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7542 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7543 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7544 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7545 from the documentation string if possible.
7546
7547 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7548 instead.
7549
7550 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7551
7552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7553
7554 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7555 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7556
7557 \(fn)" t nil)
7558
7559 ;;;***
7560 \f
7561 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (16211
7562 ;;;;;; 27015))
7563 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7564
7565 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7566 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7567
7568 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7569 an elided material again.
7570
7571 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7572
7573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7574
7575 ;;;***
7576 \f
7577 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7578 ;;;;;; (16276 26334))
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7580
7581 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7582 Initialize elint.
7583
7584 \(fn)" t nil)
7585
7586 ;;;***
7587 \f
7588 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7589 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (16211
7590 ;;;;;; 27026))
7591 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7592
7593 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7594 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7595 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7596
7597 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7598
7599 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7600 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7601 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7602
7603 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7604
7605 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7606 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7607 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7608
7609 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7610
7611 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7612
7613 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7614 Display current profiling results.
7615 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7616 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7617 displayed.
7618
7619 \(fn)" t nil)
7620
7621 ;;;***
7622 \f
7623 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7624 ;;;;;; (16256 53161))
7625 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7626
7627 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7628 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7629 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7630
7631 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7632
7633 ;;;***
7634 \f
7635 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7636 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7637 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7638 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7639 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16211 27015))
7640 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7641
7642 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7643 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
7644 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
7645 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
7646 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
7647 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
7648 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
7649 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
7650 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
7651 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
7652 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
7653 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
7654 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
7655 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
7656 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
7657 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
7658
7659 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7660 Run Emerge on two files.
7661
7662 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7663
7664 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7665 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7666
7667 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7668
7669 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7670 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7671
7672 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7673
7674 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7675 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7676
7677 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7678
7679 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7680 Not documented
7681
7682 \(fn)" nil nil)
7683
7684 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7685 Not documented
7686
7687 \(fn)" nil nil)
7688
7689 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7690 Not documented
7691
7692 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7693
7694 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7695 Not documented
7696
7697 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7698
7699 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7700 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7701
7702 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7703
7704 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7705 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7706
7707 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7708
7709 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7710 Not documented
7711
7712 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7713
7714 ;;;***
7715 \f
7716 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7717 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
7718 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7719
7720 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7721 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7722 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7724 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7725
7726 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7727
7728 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7729 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7730 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7731
7732 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7733 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7734 automatically.
7735
7736 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7737 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7738 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7739
7740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7741
7742 ;;;***
7743 \f
7744 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7745 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16211 27043))
7746 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7747
7748 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7749 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7750 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7751 text/enriched format.
7752 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7753
7754 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7755 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7756
7757 Commands:
7758
7759 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7760
7761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7762
7763 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7764 Not documented
7765
7766 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7767
7768 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7769 Not documented
7770
7771 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7772
7773 ;;;***
7774 \f
7775 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16211
7776 ;;;;;; 27027))
7777 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7778
7779 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7780 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7781
7782 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7783
7784 \(fn)" nil nil)
7785
7786 ;;;***
7787 \f
7788 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (16211
7789 ;;;;;; 27027))
7790 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7791
7792 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7793 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7794
7795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7796
7797 ;;;***
7798 \f
7799 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7800 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16211 27027))
7801 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7802
7803 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7804 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7805 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7806 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7807 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7808 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7809 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7810 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7811 buffer selected (or created).
7812
7813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7814
7815 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7816 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7817 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7818
7819 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7820
7821 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7822 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7823 The result might be any Lisp object.
7824 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7825 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7826 corresponding to a successful execution.
7827
7828 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7829
7830 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7831 Report a bug in Eshell.
7832 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7833 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7834
7835 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7836
7837 ;;;***
7838 \f
7839 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7840 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7841 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7842 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
7843 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
7844 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
7845 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16211
7846 ;;;;;; 27039))
7847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7848
7849 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7850 *File name of tags table.
7851 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7852 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7853 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7854 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7855
7856 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7857 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7858 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7859 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7860
7861 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7862
7863 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7864 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7865 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7866 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7867 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7868 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7869
7870 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7871
7872 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7873 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7874 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7875 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7876 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7877 `auto-compression-mode').")
7878
7879 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7880
7881 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7882 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7883 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7884 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7885 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7886
7887 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7888
7889 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7890 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7891 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7892 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7893
7894 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7895
7896 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7897 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7898 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7899 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7900 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7901
7902 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7903
7904 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7905 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7906 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7907 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7908
7909 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7910 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7911 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7912 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7913 file the tag was in.
7914
7915 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7916
7917 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
7918 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
7919 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
7920 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
7921 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
7922 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
7923 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
7924 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
7925 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
7926
7927 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
7928
7929 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7930 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7931 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7932 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7933 without directory names.
7934
7935 \(fn)" nil nil)
7936
7937 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7938 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7939 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7940 but does not select the buffer.
7941 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7942
7943 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7944 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7945 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7946 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7947 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7948
7949 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7950
7951 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7952 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7953 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7954
7955 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7956
7957 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7958
7959 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7960 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7961 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7962 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7963
7964 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7965 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7966 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7967 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7968 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7969
7970 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7971
7972 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7973 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7974 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7975
7976 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7977
7978 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7979 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7980
7981 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7982 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7983 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7984 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7985 around or before point.
7986
7987 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7988 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7989 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7990 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7991 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7992
7993 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7994
7995 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7996 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7997 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7998
7999 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8000
8001 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8002 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8003
8004 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
8005 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8006 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8007 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8008 around or before point.
8009
8010 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8011 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8012 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8013 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8014 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8015
8016 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8017
8018 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8019 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8020 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8021
8022 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8023
8024 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8025 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8026
8027 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8028 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8029 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8030
8031 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8032 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8033 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8034 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8035 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8036
8037 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8038
8039 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8040 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8041 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8042
8043 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8044
8045 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8046 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8047 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8048
8049 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8050 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8051
8052 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8053 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8054 where they were found.
8055
8056 \(fn)" t nil)
8057
8058 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8059 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8060
8061 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8062 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8063 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8064
8065 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8066 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8067
8068 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8069 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8070
8071 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8072
8073 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8074 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8075 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8076 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8077
8078 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8079 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8080 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8081 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8082 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8083
8084 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8085 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8086
8087 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8088 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8089 Stops when a match is found.
8090 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8091
8092 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8093
8094 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8095
8096 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8097 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8098 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8099 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8100 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8101
8102 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8103
8104 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8105
8106 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8107 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8108 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8109 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8110 directory specification.
8111
8112 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8113
8114 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8115 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8116
8117 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8118
8119 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8120 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8121 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8122 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8123
8124 \(fn)" t nil)
8125
8126 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8127 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8128 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8129 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8130 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8131
8132 \(fn)" t nil)
8133
8134 ;;;***
8135 \f
8136 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8137 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8138 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8139 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8140 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8141 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8142 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8143 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16211 27033))
8144 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8145
8146 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8147 Not documented
8148
8149 \(fn)" nil nil)
8150
8151 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8152 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8153 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8154 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8155
8156 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8157 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8158 language.
8159
8160 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8161 even if the buffer is read-only.
8162
8163 See also the descriptions of the variables
8164 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8165 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8166
8167 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8168
8169 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8170 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8171
8172 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8173 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8174
8175 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8176 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8177 language.
8178
8179 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8180 buffer is read-only.
8181
8182 See also the descriptions of the variables
8183 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8184 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8185
8186 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8187
8188 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8189 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8190 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8191
8192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8193
8194 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8195 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8196
8197 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8198 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8199
8200 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8201 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8202
8203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8206 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8207 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8208 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8209
8210 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8211
8212 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8213 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8214 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8215 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8216
8217 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8218 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8219 the primary language.
8220
8221 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8222 buffer is read-only.
8223
8224 See also the descriptions of the variables
8225 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8226 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8227
8228 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8229
8230 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8231 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8232 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8233 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8234
8235 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8236 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8237 primary language.
8238
8239 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8240 buffer is read-only.
8241
8242 See also the descriptions of the variables
8243 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8244 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8245
8246 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8247
8248 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8249 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8250 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8251
8252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8253
8254 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8255 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8256
8257 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8258 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8259 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8260 3) convert the body into SERA.
8261
8262 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8263
8264 \(fn)" t nil)
8265
8266 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8267 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8268 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8269
8270 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8271
8272 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8273 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8274
8275 \(fn)" t nil)
8276
8277 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8278 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8279
8280 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8281 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8282 be 1, 2, or 3.
8283
8284 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8285 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8286 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8287
8288 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8289
8290 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8291
8292 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8293 Allow the user to input special characters.
8294
8295 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8296
8297 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8298 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8299 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8300
8301 \(fn)" t nil)
8302
8303 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8304 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8305
8306 \(fn)" t nil)
8307
8308 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8309 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8310
8311 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8312 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8313
8314 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8315 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8316
8317 \(fn)" nil nil)
8318
8319 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8320 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8321
8322 \(fn)" nil nil)
8323
8324 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8325 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8326
8327 \(fn)" nil nil)
8328
8329 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8330 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8331
8332 \(fn)" nil nil)
8333
8334 ;;;***
8335 \f
8336 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8337 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8338 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
8339 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8340
8341 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8342 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8343 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8344 server for future sessions.
8345
8346 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8347
8348 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8349 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8350
8351 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8352
8353 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8354 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8355
8356 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8357
8358 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8359 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8360 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8361 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8362 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8363 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8364 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8365 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8366 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8367 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8368 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8369 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8370
8371 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8372
8373 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8374 Display a form to query the directory server.
8375 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8376 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8377
8378 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8379
8380 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8381 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8382 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8383
8384 \(fn)" t nil)
8385
8386 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8387
8388 ;;;***
8389 \f
8390 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8391 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8392 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (16211 27037))
8393 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8394
8395 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8396 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8397
8398 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8399
8400 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8401 Display URL and make it clickable.
8402
8403 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8404
8405 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8406 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8407
8408 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8409
8410 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8411 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8412
8413 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8414
8415 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8416 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8417
8418 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8419
8420 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8421 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8422
8423 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8424
8425 ;;;***
8426 \f
8427 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8428 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (16211 27037))
8429 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8430
8431 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8432 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8433 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8434
8435 \(fn)" t nil)
8436
8437 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8438 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8439
8440 \(fn)" t nil)
8441
8442 ;;;***
8443 \f
8444 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8445 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8447
8448 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8449 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8450
8451 \(fn)" t nil)
8452
8453 ;;;***
8454 \f
8455 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8456 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8457 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16211 27039))
8458 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8459
8460 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8461 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8462 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8463
8464 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8465
8466 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8467 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8468 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8469 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8470 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8471 executable.
8472
8473 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8474
8475 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8476 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8477 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8478
8479 \(fn)" t nil)
8480
8481 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8482 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8483 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8484 file modes.
8485
8486 \(fn)" nil nil)
8487
8488 ;;;***
8489 \f
8490 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8491 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (16211 27015))
8492 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8493
8494 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8495 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8496 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8497 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8498
8499 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8500
8501 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8502 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8503 to generate such functions.
8504
8505 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8506 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8507 beginning of the expanded text.
8508
8509 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8510 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8511 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8512 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8513
8514 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8515
8516 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8517
8518 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8519 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8520 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8521
8522 \(fn)" t nil)
8523
8524 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8525 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8526 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8527
8528 \(fn)" t nil)
8529 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8530 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8531
8532 ;;;***
8533 \f
8534 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16211 27039))
8535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8536
8537 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8538 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8539 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8540
8541 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8542 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8543 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8544
8545 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8546
8547 Key definitions:
8548 \\{f90-mode-map}
8549
8550 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8551
8552 `f90-do-indent'
8553 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8554 `f90-if-indent'
8555 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8556 `f90-type-indent'
8557 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8558 `f90-program-indent'
8559 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8560 (default 2).
8561 `f90-continuation-indent'
8562 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8563 `f90-comment-region'
8564 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8565 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8566 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8567 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8568 (default \"!\").
8569 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8570 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8571 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8572 `f90-break-delimiters'
8573 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8574 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8575 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8576 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8577 (default t).
8578 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8579 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8580 `f90-smart-end'
8581 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8582 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8583 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8584 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8585 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8586 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8587 `f90-leave-line-no'
8588 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8589 `f90-keywords-re'
8590 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8591
8592 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8593 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8594
8595 \(fn)" t nil)
8596
8597 ;;;***
8598 \f
8599 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8600 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8601 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8602 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8603 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (16211 27015))
8604 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8605 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8606 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8607
8608 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8609 Menu keymap for faces.")
8610
8611 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8612
8613 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8614 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8615
8616 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8617
8618 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8619 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8620
8621 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8622
8623 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8624 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8625
8626 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8627
8628 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8629 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8630
8631 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8632
8633 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8634 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8635
8636 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8637
8638 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8639 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8640
8641 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8642
8643 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8644
8645 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8646
8647 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8648
8649 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8650 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8651 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8652 will not show through at all will be removed.
8653
8654 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8655
8656 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8657 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8658 requested face.
8659
8660 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8661 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8662 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8663
8664 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8665
8666 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8667 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8668 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8669
8670 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8671 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8672 requested face.
8673
8674 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8675 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8676 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8677
8678 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8679
8680 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8681 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8682 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8683
8684 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8685 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8686 requested face.
8687
8688 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8689 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8690 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8691
8692 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8693
8694 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8695 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8696 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8697 is the menu item's name.
8698
8699 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8700 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8701 requested face.
8702
8703 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8704 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8705 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8706
8707 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8708
8709 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8710 Make the region invisible.
8711 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8712 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8713
8714 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8715
8716 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8717 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8718 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8719 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8720
8721 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8722
8723 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8724 Make the region unmodifiable.
8725 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8726 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8727
8728 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8729
8730 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8731 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8732
8733 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8734
8735 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8736 Remove all text properties from the region.
8737
8738 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8739
8740 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8741 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8742 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8743
8744 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8745
8746 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8747 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8748
8749 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8750
8751 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8752 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8753 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8754 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8755 of colors that the current display can handle.
8756
8757 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8758
8759 ;;;***
8760 \f
8761 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8762 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (16211 27015))
8763 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8764
8765 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8766 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8767 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8768 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8769
8770 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8771
8772 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8773 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8774 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8775
8776 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8777 - When you save the file's buffer.
8778 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8779 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8780 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8781 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8782
8783 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8784
8785 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8786 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8787 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8788 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8789
8790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8791
8792 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8793 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8794
8795 \(fn)" nil nil)
8796
8797 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8798
8799 ;;;***
8800 \f
8801 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8802 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8803 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (16211 27033))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8805
8806 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8807 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8808 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8809 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8810
8811 \(fn)" nil nil)
8812
8813 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8814 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8815
8816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8817
8818 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8819 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8820 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8821 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8822
8823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8824
8825 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8826 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8827 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8828 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8829 backup file names and the like).
8830
8831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8832
8833 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8834 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8835 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8836 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8837 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8838 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8839 internally by feedmail):
8840
8841 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8842 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8843 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8844 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8845
8846 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8847 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8848 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8849 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8850 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8851
8852 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8853
8854 ;;;***
8855 \f
8856 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8857 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (16252 34051))
8858 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8859
8860 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8861 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8862 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8863 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8864 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8865 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8866 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8867
8868 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8869
8870 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8871 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8872 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8873 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8874 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8875 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8876 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8877
8878 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8879
8880 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8881
8882 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8883
8884 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8885 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8886 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8887 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8888 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8889 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8890
8891 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8892
8893 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8894 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8895 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8896 Return value:
8897 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8898 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8899 * otherwise, nil
8900
8901 \(fn E)" t nil)
8902
8903 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8904 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8905
8906 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8907
8908 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8909 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8910
8911 \(fn)" t nil)
8912
8913 ;;;***
8914 \f
8915 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8916 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8918
8919 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8920 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8921 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8922 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8923 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8924 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8925 \(directories) is done.
8926
8927 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8928 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8929 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8930 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8931
8932 ;;;***
8933 \f
8934 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8935 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (16211 27016))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8937
8938 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8939 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8940 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8941 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8942 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8943
8944 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8945
8946 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8947 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8948 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8949 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8950
8951 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8952
8953 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8954 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8955 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8956
8957 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8958
8959 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8960 as the final argument.
8961
8962 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8963
8964 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8965 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8966 and run dired on those files.
8967 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8968 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8969
8970 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8971
8972 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8973
8974 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8975 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8976 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8977
8978 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8979
8980 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8981
8982 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8983
8984 ;;;***
8985 \f
8986 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8987 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8988 ;;;;;; (16247 2100))
8989 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8990
8991 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
8992 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
8993 Specifies how to recognise special constructs such as include files
8994 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
8995 construct.")
8996
8997 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8998 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8999 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
9000
9001 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
9002
9003 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9004
9005 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
9006
9007 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9008 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9009 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9010
9011 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9012 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9013
9014 Variables of interest include:
9015
9016 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9017 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9018 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9019
9020 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9021 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9022 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9023
9024 - `ff-ignore-include'
9025 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9026
9027 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9028 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9029
9030 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9031 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9032
9033 - `ff-special-constructs'
9034 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9035 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9036 extracting the filename from that construct.
9037
9038 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9039 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9040
9041 - `ff-search-directories'
9042 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9043 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9044
9045 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9046 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9047
9048 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9049 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9050
9051 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9052 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9053
9054 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9055 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9056
9057 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9058 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9059
9060 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9061
9062 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9063 Visit the file you click on.
9064
9065 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9066
9067 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9068 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9069
9070 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9071
9072 ;;;***
9073 \f
9074 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9075 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9076 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9077 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9078 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9079 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16211 27026))
9080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9081
9082 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9083 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9084
9085 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9086
9087 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9088 Search for SYMBOL.
9089 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9090 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9091
9092 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9093
9094 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9095 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9096
9097 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9098 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9099 not selected.
9100
9101 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9102 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9103 in `load-path'.
9104
9105 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9106
9107 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9108 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9109
9110 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9111 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9112 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9113 it is one of the current buffers.
9114
9115 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9116 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9117 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9118
9119 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9120
9121 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9122 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9123
9124 See `find-function' for more details.
9125
9126 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9127
9128 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9129 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9130
9131 See `find-function' for more details.
9132
9133 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9134
9135 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9136 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9137
9138 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9139 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9140 not selected.
9141
9142 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9143 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9144
9145 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9146
9147 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9148 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9149
9150 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9151 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9152 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9153 it is one of the current buffers.
9154
9155 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9156 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9157 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9158
9159 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9160
9161 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9162 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9163
9164 See `find-variable' for more details.
9165
9166 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9167
9168 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9169 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9170
9171 See `find-variable' for more details.
9172
9173 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9174
9175 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9176 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9177 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9178
9179 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9180
9181 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9182 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9183
9184 \(fn)" t nil)
9185
9186 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9187 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9188
9189 \(fn)" t nil)
9190
9191 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9192 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9193
9194 \(fn)" nil nil)
9195
9196 ;;;***
9197 \f
9198 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9199 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (16211 27016))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9201
9202 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9203 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9204
9205 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9206
9207 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9208 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9209
9210 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9211
9212 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9213 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9214
9215 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9216
9217 ;;;***
9218 \f
9219 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9220 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (16235 4766))
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9222
9223 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9224 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9225
9226 \(fn)" t nil)
9227
9228 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9229 Display FILE's commentary section.
9230 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9231
9232 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9233
9234 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9235 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9236
9237 \(fn)" t nil)
9238
9239 ;;;***
9240 \f
9241 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9242 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (16211 27016))
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9244
9245 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9246 Toggle flow control handling.
9247 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9248 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9249
9250 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9251
9252 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9253 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9254 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9255 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9256 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9257 to get the effect of a C-q.
9258
9259 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9260
9261 ;;;***
9262 \f
9263 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9264 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9265 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (16211 27043))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9267
9268 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9269 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9270 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9271
9272 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9273
9274 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9275 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9276
9277 \(fn)" t nil)
9278
9279 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9280
9281 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9282
9283 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9284 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9285 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9286 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9287 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9288 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9289
9290 Bindings:
9291 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9292 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9293 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9294
9295 Hooks:
9296 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9297
9298 Remark:
9299 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9300 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9301 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9302
9303 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9304 consider adding:
9305 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9306 in your .emacs file.
9307
9308 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9309 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9310
9311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9312
9313 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9314
9315 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9316 The flyspell version
9317
9318 \(fn)" t nil)
9319
9320 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9321 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9322
9323 \(fn)" nil nil)
9324
9325 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9326 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9327
9328 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9329
9330 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9331 Flyspell whole buffer.
9332
9333 \(fn)" t nil)
9334
9335 ;;;***
9336 \f
9337 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9338 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9339 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
9340 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9341
9342 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9343 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9344
9345 \(fn)" t nil)
9346
9347 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9348 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9349
9350 \(fn)" t nil)
9351
9352 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9353 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9354
9355 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9356 of two major techniques:
9357
9358 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9359 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9360 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9361
9362 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9363 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9364 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9365 movement commands.
9366
9367 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9368 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9369 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9370 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9371 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9372 mileage may vary).
9373
9374 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9375 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9376
9377 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9378
9379 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9380 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9381 \(This is the default.)
9382
9383 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9384 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9385
9386 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9387 \\{follow-mode-map}
9388
9389 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9390
9391 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9392 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9393
9394 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9395 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9396 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9397 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9398 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9399 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9400
9401 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9402 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9403 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9404
9405 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9406 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9407 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9408
9409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9410
9411 ;;;***
9412 \f
9413 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9414 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9415 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16211 27016))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9417
9418 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9419 Not documented
9420
9421 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9422
9423 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9424 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9425 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9426 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9427 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9428 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9429 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9430 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9431 end of the current highlighting list.
9432
9433 For example:
9434
9435 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9436 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9437 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9438
9439 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9440 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9441
9442 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9443 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9444 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9445
9446 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9447 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9448 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9449
9450 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9451
9452 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9453 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9454
9455 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9456 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9457
9458 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9459 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9460 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9461
9462 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9463
9464 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9465 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9466
9467 \(fn)" t nil)
9468
9469 ;;;***
9470 \f
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (16211
9472 ;;;;;; 27033))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9474
9475 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9476 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9477 \\<message-mode-map>
9478 key binding
9479 --- -------
9480
9481 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9482 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9483 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9484 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9485 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9486 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9487
9488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9489
9490 ;;;***
9491 \f
9492 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9493 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16211 27016))
9494 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9495
9496 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9497 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9498
9499 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9500 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9501 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9502 C-c < forms-first-record <
9503 C-c > forms-last-record >
9504 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9505 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9506 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9507 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9508 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9509 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9510 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9511 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9512 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9513 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9514
9515 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9516
9517 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9518 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9519
9520 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9521
9522 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9523 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9524
9525 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9526
9527 ;;;***
9528 \f
9529 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9530 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16211 27039))
9531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9532
9533 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9534 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9535 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9536 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9537 with a character in column 6.")
9538
9539 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9540
9541 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9542 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9543 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9544
9545 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9546 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9547
9548 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9549
9550 Key definitions:
9551 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9552
9553 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9554
9555 `comment-start'
9556 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9557 `fortran-do-indent'
9558 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9559 `fortran-if-indent'
9560 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9561 `fortran-structure-indent'
9562 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9563 (default 3)
9564 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9565 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9566 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9567 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9568 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9569 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9570 nil don't change the indentation
9571 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9572 value of either
9573 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9574 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9575 depending on the continuation format in use.
9576 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9577 indentation for a line of code.
9578 (default 'fixed)
9579 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9580 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9581 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9582 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9583 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9584 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9585 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9586 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9587 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9588 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9589 column 5.
9590 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9591 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9592 statements (default nil).
9593 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9594 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9595 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9596 `fortran-continuation-string'
9597 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9598 line (default \"$\").
9599 `fortran-comment-region'
9600 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9601 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9602 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9603 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9604 as typed (default t).
9605 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9606 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9607
9608 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9609 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9610
9611 \(fn)" t nil)
9612
9613 ;;;***
9614 \f
9615 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9616 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (16211 27038))
9617 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9618
9619 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9620 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9621
9622 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9623 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9624
9625 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9626
9627 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9628 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9629
9630 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9631 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9632
9633 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9634
9635 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9636 Compile fortune file.
9637
9638 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9639 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9640
9641 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9642
9643 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9644 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9645
9646 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9647 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9648 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9649 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9650
9651 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9652
9653 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9654 Display a fortune cookie.
9655
9656 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9657 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9658 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9659 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9660
9661 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9662
9663 ;;;***
9664 \f
9665 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9666 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (16271 3439))
9667 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9668
9669 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9670 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9671 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9672 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9673 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9674 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9675 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9676 fringe).
9677 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9678 it take real effect.
9679 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9680 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9681 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9682
9683 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9684
9685 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9686 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
9687
9688 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
9689 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
9690 `minimal' and `half'.
9691
9692 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
9693 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
9694 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
9695 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
9696 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
9697 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
9698 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
9699 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
9700 width of 0.
9701
9702 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
9703 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
9704 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
9705 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
9706 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
9707
9708 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9709
9710 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9711 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
9712
9713 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
9714 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
9715 `minimal' and `half'.
9716
9717 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
9718 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
9719 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
9720 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
9721 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
9722 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
9723 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
9724 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
9725 width of 0.
9726
9727 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
9728 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
9729 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
9730 `fringe-mode'.
9731
9732 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9733
9734 ;;;***
9735 \f
9736 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16278 45828))
9737 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9738
9739 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9740 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9741 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9742 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9743
9744 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9745 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9746 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9747
9748 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9749 GDB Toolbar
9750 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9751 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9752 |
9753 |
9754 |
9755 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9756 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9757 | (comint-mode)
9758 |
9759 |
9760 |
9761 |
9762 |
9763 |
9764 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9765 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9766 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9767 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9768 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9769 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9770
9771 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9772 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9773 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9774 in the GUD buffer.
9775
9776 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9777 screen.
9778
9779 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9780 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9781 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9782
9783 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9784
9785 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9786 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9787
9788 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9789
9790 ;;;***
9791 \f
9792 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9793 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
9794 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9795
9796 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9797 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9798
9799 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9800 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9801
9802 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9803 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9804 function.
9805
9806 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9807 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9808 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9809 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9810 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9811 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9812
9813 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9814 Each keyword should be a string.
9815
9816 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9817 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9818
9819 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9820 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9821 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9822
9823 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9824
9825 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9826
9827 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9828
9829 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9830 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9831 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9832 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9833
9834 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9835 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9836
9837 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9838
9839 ;;;***
9840 \f
9841 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9842 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
9843 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9844
9845 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9846 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9847 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9848 at places they belong to.
9849
9850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9851
9852 ;;;***
9853 \f
9854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9855 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (16211 27028))
9856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9857
9858 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9859 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9860
9861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9862
9863 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9864 Read network news.
9865 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9866 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9867 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9868 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9869 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9870
9871 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9872
9873 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9874 Read news as a slave.
9875
9876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9877
9878 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9879 Pop up a frame to read news.
9880
9881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9882
9883 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9884 Read network news.
9885 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9886 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9887 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9888
9889 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9890
9891 ;;;***
9892 \f
9893 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9894 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9895 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
9896 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9897
9898 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9899 Start Gnus unplugged.
9900
9901 \(fn)" t nil)
9902
9903 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9904 Start Gnus plugged.
9905
9906 \(fn)" t nil)
9907
9908 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9909 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9910 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9911 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9912
9913 \(gnus-agentize)
9914
9915 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9916 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9917 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9918
9919 \(fn)" t nil)
9920
9921 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9922 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9923
9924 \(fn)" t nil)
9925
9926 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9927 Not documented
9928
9929 \(fn)" t nil)
9930
9931 ;;;***
9932 \f
9933 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9934 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
9935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9936
9937 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9938 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9939
9940 \(fn)" nil nil)
9941
9942 ;;;***
9943 \f
9944 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9945 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
9946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9947
9948 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9949 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9950
9951 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9952
9953 ;;;***
9954 \f
9955 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9956 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (16211
9957 ;;;;;; 27028))
9958 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9959
9960 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9961 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9962
9963 Usage:
9964 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9965
9966 \(fn)" t nil)
9967
9968 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9969 Generate the cache active file.
9970
9971 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9972
9973 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9974 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9975
9976 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9977
9978 ;;;***
9979 \f
9980 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9981 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16211 27028))
9982 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9983
9984 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9985 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9986 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9987
9988 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9989
9990 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9991 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9992
9993 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9994
9995 ;;;***
9996 \f
9997 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9998 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
9999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
10000
10001 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
10002
10003 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
10004 Run batched scoring.
10005 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
10006
10007 \(fn)" t nil)
10008
10009 ;;;***
10010 \f
10011 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
10012 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (16211 27028))
10013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
10014
10015 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10016 Not documented
10017
10018 \(fn)" nil nil)
10019
10020 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10021 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
10022
10023 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
10024
10025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10026
10027 ;;;***
10028 \f
10029 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
10030 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
10031 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
10033
10034 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10035 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
10036 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10037 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10038 group parameters.
10039
10040 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10041 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10042 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10043 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10044
10045 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10046 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10047 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10048 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10049 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10050 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10051 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10052 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10053 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10054 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
10055
10056 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10057
10058 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10059 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
10060 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
10061
10062 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10063 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10064
10065 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10066
10067 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10068 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10069 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
10070
10071 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10072
10073 \(fn)" nil nil)
10074
10075 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10076 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10077 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10078
10079 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10080
10081 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10082 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10083 existing groups are considered.
10084
10085 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10086 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10087 returned.
10088
10089 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10090 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10091 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10092 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10093 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10094 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10095 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10096 clauses will be generated.
10097
10098 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10099 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10100 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10101 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10102 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10103 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10104
10105 For example, given the following group parameters:
10106
10107 nnml:mail.bar:
10108 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10109 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10110 nnml:mail.foo:
10111 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10112 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10113 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10114 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10115 nnml:mail.others:
10116 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10117
10118 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10119
10120 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10121 \"mail.bar\")
10122 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10123 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10124 \"mail.others\")
10125
10126 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10127
10128 ;;;***
10129 \f
10130 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10131 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10133
10134 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10135 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10136 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10137
10138 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10139
10140 ;;;***
10141 \f
10142 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (16211
10143 ;;;;;; 27028))
10144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10145
10146 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10147 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10148 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10149 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10150
10151 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10152
10153 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10154
10155 ;;;***
10156 \f
10157 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10158 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10160
10161 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10162 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10163 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10164 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10165 part is ignored.
10166
10167 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10168 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10169 rather than using this function.
10170
10171 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10172
10173 ;;;***
10174 \f
10175 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10176 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10178
10179 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10180 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10181 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10182 for matching on group names.
10183
10184 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10185 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10186
10187 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10188
10189 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10190
10191 \(fn)" t nil)
10192
10193 ;;;***
10194 \f
10195 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10196 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10197 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10198
10199 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10200 Update the format specification near point.
10201
10202 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10203
10204 ;;;***
10205 \f
10206 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10207 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16211 27028))
10208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10209
10210 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10211 Unload all Gnus features.
10212 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10213 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10214 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10215
10216 \(fn)" t nil)
10217
10218 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10219 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10220
10221 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10222
10223 ;;;***
10224 \f
10225 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10226 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10228
10229 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10230 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10231
10232 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10233
10234 ;;;***
10235 \f
10236 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16211 27038))
10237 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10238
10239 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10240 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10241
10242 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10243 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10244 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10245
10246 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10247 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10248 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10249
10250 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10251 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10252
10253 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10254 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10255
10256 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10257
10258 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10259
10260 ;;;***
10261 \f
10262 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10263 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16211 27037))
10264 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10265
10266 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10267 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10268 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10269 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10270 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10271
10272 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10273
10274 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10275 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10276 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10277 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10278 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10279
10280 \(fn)" t nil)
10281
10282 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10283 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10284 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10285 or to send e-mail.
10286 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10287
10288 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10289 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10290
10291 \(fn)" t nil)
10292
10293 ;;;***
10294 \f
10295 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (16211 27016))
10296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10297
10298 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10299 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10300 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10301 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10302 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10303
10304 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10305
10306 ;;;***
10307 \f
10308 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10309 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16278 45828))
10310 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10311
10312 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10313 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10314 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10315 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10316
10317 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10318
10319 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10320 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10321 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10322 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10323
10324 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10325
10326 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10327 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10328 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10329 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10330
10331 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10332
10333 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10334 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10335 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10336 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10337
10338 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10339 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10340
10341 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10342
10343 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10344 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10345 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10346 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10347
10348 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10349
10350 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10351 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10352 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10353 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10354
10355 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10356
10357 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10358 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10359 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10360 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10361 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10362
10363 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10364 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10365 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10366 original source file access method.
10367
10368 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10369 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10370
10371 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10372
10373 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10374 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10375 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10376 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10377
10378 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10379 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10380
10381 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10382
10383 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10384 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10385
10386 \(fn)" t nil)
10387
10388 ;;;***
10389 \f
10390 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (16211
10391 ;;;;;; 27038))
10392 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10393
10394 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10395 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10396 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10397 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10398
10399 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10400 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10401 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10402 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10403
10404 \(fn)" t nil)
10405
10406 ;;;***
10407 \f
10408 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10409 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
10410 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10411
10412 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10413 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10414
10415 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10416
10417 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10418 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10419 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10420 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10421
10422 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10423
10424 \(fn)" t nil)
10425
10426 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10427 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10428 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10429 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10430 to be updated.
10431
10432 \(fn)" t nil)
10433
10434 ;;;***
10435 \f
10436 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10437 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10438 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16211 27016))
10439 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10440
10441 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10442 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10443 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10444 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10445 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10446 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10447
10448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10449
10450 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10451 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10452 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10453 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10454 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10455 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10456
10457 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10458 is used instead of `load-path'.
10459
10460 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10461 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10462 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10463
10464 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10465
10466 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10467 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10468
10469 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10470
10471 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10472 Not documented
10473
10474 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10475
10476 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10477 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10478 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10479
10480 \(fn)" nil nil)
10481
10482 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10483 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10484 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10485 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10486 it is displayed along with the global value.
10487
10488 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10489
10490 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10491 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10492 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10493 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10494
10495 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10496
10497 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10498 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10499 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10500
10501 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10502
10503 ;;;***
10504 \f
10505 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10506 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
10507 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10508
10509 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10510 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10511 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10512 and window listing and describing the options.
10513 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10514 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10515
10516 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10517
10518 ;;;***
10519 \f
10520 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10521 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10522 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16276 26334))
10523 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10524
10525 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10526 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10527 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10528 Commands:
10529 \\{help-mode-map}
10530
10531 \(fn)" t nil)
10532
10533 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10534 Not documented
10535
10536 \(fn)" nil nil)
10537
10538 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10539 Not documented
10540
10541 \(fn)" nil nil)
10542
10543 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10544 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10545
10546 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10547 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10548 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10549 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10550
10551 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10552 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10553 restore it properly when going back.
10554
10555 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10556
10557 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10558 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10559
10560 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10561 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10562 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10563 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10564 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
10565 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
10566 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
10567 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
10568
10569 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10570 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10571 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10572 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10573
10574 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10575 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10576 that.
10577
10578 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10579
10580 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10581 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10582 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10583 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10584 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10585 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10586
10587 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10588
10589 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10590 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10591 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10592 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10593 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10594
10595 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10596
10597 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10598 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10599
10600 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10601
10602 ;;;***
10603 \f
10604 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10605 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (16211 27026))
10606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10607
10608 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10609 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10610
10611 \(fn)" t nil)
10612
10613 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10614 Provide help for current mode.
10615
10616 \(fn)" t nil)
10617
10618 ;;;***
10619 \f
10620 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10621 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16211 27016))
10622 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10623
10624 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10625 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10626 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10627 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10628 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10629
10630 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10631 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10632
10633 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10634 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10635 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10636 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10637
10638 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10639 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10640 periods.
10641
10642 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10643 in hexl format.
10644
10645 A sample format:
10646
10647 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10648 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10649 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10650 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10651 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10652 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10653 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10654 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10655 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10656 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10657 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10658 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10659 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10660 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10661 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10662
10663 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10664 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10665 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10666
10667 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10668 also supported.
10669
10670 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10671
10672 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10673 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10674 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10675
10676 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10677 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10678 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10679
10680 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10681 into the buffer at the current point.
10682
10683 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10684 into the buffer at the current point.
10685
10686 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10687 into the buffer at the current point.
10688
10689 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10690
10691 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10692 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10693
10694 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10695
10696 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10697
10698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10699
10700 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10701 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10702 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10703
10704 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10705
10706 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10707 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10708 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10709
10710 \(fn)" t nil)
10711
10712 ;;;***
10713 \f
10714 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10715 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10716 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (16211
10717 ;;;;;; 27016))
10718 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10719
10720 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10721 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10722
10723 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10724
10725 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10726 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10727
10728 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10729 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10730 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10731 which can be called interactively, are:
10732
10733 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10734 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10735
10736 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10737 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10738 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10739 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10740
10741 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10742 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10743
10744 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10745 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10746
10747 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10748 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10749 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10750 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10751 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10752 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10753
10754 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10755 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10756
10757 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10758 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10759 Hi-lock: FOO
10760 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10761 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10762 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10763 will be read until
10764 Hi-lock: end
10765 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10766
10767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10768
10769 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10770
10771 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10772 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10773
10774 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10775 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10776 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10777 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10778
10779 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10780
10781 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10782
10783 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10784 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10785
10786 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10787 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10788 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10789 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10790
10791 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10792
10793 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10794
10795 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10796 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10797
10798 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10799 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10800
10801 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10802
10803 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10804
10805 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10806 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10807
10808 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10809 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10810 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10811 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10812 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10813
10814 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10815
10816 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10817 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10818
10819 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10820 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10821 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10822
10823 \(fn)" t nil)
10824
10825 ;;;***
10826 \f
10827 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10828 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (16211 27039))
10829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10830
10831 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10832 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10833 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10834 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10835 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10836 how the hiding is done:
10837
10838 `hide-ifdef-env'
10839 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10840 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10841 is used.
10842
10843 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10844 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10845 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10846 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10847 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10848
10849 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10850 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10851 #endif lines when hiding.
10852
10853 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10854 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10855 is activated.
10856
10857 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10858 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10859 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10860
10861 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10862
10863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10864
10865 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10866 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10867
10868 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10869
10870 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10871 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10872
10873 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10874
10875 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10876 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10877
10878 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10879
10880 ;;;***
10881 \f
10882 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10883 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16274 58117))
10884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10885
10886 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10887 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10888
10889 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10890
10891 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10892 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10893 Each element has the form
10894 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10895
10896 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10897 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10898
10899 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10900 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10901
10902 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10903 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10904 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10905 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
10906 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
10907 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10908
10909 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10910 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10911
10912 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10913 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10914
10915 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10916 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10917 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10918
10919 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10920 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10921 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10922 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10923 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10924 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10925
10926 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10927 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10928 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10929
10930 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10931 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10932
10933 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10934
10935 Key bindings:
10936 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10937
10938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10939
10940 ;;;***
10941 \f
10942 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10943 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10944 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10945 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (16211 27016))
10946 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10947
10948 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10949
10950 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10951 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10952 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10953
10954 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10955
10956 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10957 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10958
10959 Without an argument:
10960 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10961 or passive state as determined by the variable
10962 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10963 and passive state.
10964
10965 With an argument ARG:
10966 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10967 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10968 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10969
10970 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10971 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10972 not displayed in a different face.
10973
10974 Functions:
10975 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10976 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10977 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10978 buffer with the contents of a file
10979 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10980 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10981 various faces.
10982
10983 Hook variables:
10984 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10985 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10986 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10987
10988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10989
10990 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10991 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10992
10993 \(fn)" t nil)
10994
10995 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10996 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10997
10998 \(fn)" t nil)
10999
11000 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
11001 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
11002
11003 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
11004 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
11005 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
11006 shown in the last face in the list.
11007
11008 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
11009 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
11010 buffer to be saved):
11011
11012 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
11013
11014 \(fn)" t nil)
11015
11016 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
11017 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
11018
11019 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
11020 and must not be read-only.
11021
11022 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
11023 this function is called interactively.
11024
11025 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
11026 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
11027 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
11028
11029 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
11030 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
11031 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
11032
11033 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
11034
11035 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
11036 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
11037
11038 When called interactively:
11039 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
11040 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
11041 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
11042 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
11043
11044 When called from a program:
11045 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
11046 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
11047 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
11048 - otherwise just turn it on
11049
11050 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
11051 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
11052 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
11053 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
11054
11055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11056
11057 ;;;***
11058 \f
11059 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
11060 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
11061 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
11062 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
11063 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (16211 27016))
11064 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
11065
11066 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
11067 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
11068 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
11069 or insert functions in this list.")
11070
11071 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
11072
11073 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
11074 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
11075
11076 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
11077
11078 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
11079 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
11080
11081 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
11082
11083 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
11084 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
11085
11086 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
11087
11088 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
11089 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
11090
11091 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
11092
11093 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
11094 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
11095 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
11096
11097 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11098
11099 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11100 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11101 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11102 \(as atoms)")
11103
11104 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11105
11106 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11107 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11108 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11109 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11110 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11111
11112 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11113
11114 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11115 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11116 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11117 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11118 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11119 expansions.
11120 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11121 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11122 undoes the expansion.
11123
11124 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11125
11126 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11127 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11128 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11129 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11130
11131 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11132
11133 ;;;***
11134 \f
11135 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11136 ;;;;;; (16271 3438))
11137 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11138
11139 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11140 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
11141 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11142
11143 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11144 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
11145 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
11146 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
11147 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
11148
11149 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11150 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
11151 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
11152 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
11153
11154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11155
11156 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11157 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11158 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11159 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11160 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11161
11162 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11163
11164 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11165 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11166 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11167
11168 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
11169 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11170
11171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11172
11173 ;;;***
11174 \f
11175 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11176 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
11177 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11178
11179 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11180 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11181 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11182
11183 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11184
11185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11186
11187 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11188 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11189
11190 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11191 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11192
11193 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11194
11195 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11196
11197 ;;;***
11198 \f
11199 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11200 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (16211 27037))
11201 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11202
11203 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11204 This function is obsolete.
11205 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11206 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11207
11208 \(fn)" nil nil)
11209
11210 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11211 This function is obsolete.
11212 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11213 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11214
11215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11216
11217 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11218 This function is obsolete.
11219 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11220 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11221
11222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11223
11224 ;;;***
11225 \f
11226 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11227 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11228 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11229 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11230 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11231 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11232 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11233 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11234 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11235 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11236 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11237 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11238 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11239 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11240 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11241 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11242 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11243 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11244 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11245 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11246 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11247 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16211 27016))
11248 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11249
11250 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11251 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11252 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11253
11254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11255
11256 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11257 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11258
11259 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11260
11261 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11262 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11263
11264 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11265
11266 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11267 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11268
11269 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11270
11271 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11272 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11273
11274 \(fn)" t nil)
11275
11276 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11277 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11278
11279 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11280
11281 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11282 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11283
11284 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11285 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11286 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11287 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11288 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11289 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11290 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11291 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11292 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11293 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11294 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11295 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11296
11297 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11298 Not documented
11299
11300 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11301
11302 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11303 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11304
11305 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11306
11307 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11308 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11309
11310 \(fn)" t nil)
11311
11312 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11313 Remove the first filter group.
11314
11315 \(fn)" t nil)
11316
11317 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11318 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11319
11320 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11321
11322 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11323 Remove all filter groups.
11324
11325 \(fn)" t nil)
11326
11327 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11328 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11329
11330 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11331
11332 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11333 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11334 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11335
11336 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11337
11338 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11339 Kill the filter group at point.
11340 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11341
11342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11343
11344 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11345 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11346
11347 \(fn)" t nil)
11348
11349 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11350 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11351
11352 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11353
11354 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11355 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11356 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11357 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11358
11359 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11360
11361 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11362 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11363 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11364
11365 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11366
11367 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11368 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11369 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11370 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11371 of replacing the current filters.
11372
11373 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11374
11375 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11376 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11377
11378 \(fn)" t nil)
11379
11380 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11381 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11382
11383 \(fn)" t nil)
11384
11385 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11386 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11387
11388 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11389 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11390 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11391
11392 \(fn)" t nil)
11393
11394 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11395 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11396
11397 \(fn)" t nil)
11398
11399 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11400 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11401
11402 \(fn)" t nil)
11403
11404 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11405 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11406 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11407 filter into parts.
11408
11409 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11410
11411 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11412 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11413 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11414
11415 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11416
11417 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11418 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11419
11420 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11421
11422 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11423 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11424
11425 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11426
11427 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11428 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11429 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11430 of replacing the current filters.
11431
11432 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11433 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11434 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11435 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11436 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11437 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11438 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11439 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11440 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11441
11442 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11443 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11444 Default sorting modes are:
11445 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11446 Name - the name of the buffer
11447 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11448 Size - the size of the buffer
11449
11450 \(fn)" t nil)
11451
11452 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11453 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11454
11455 \(fn)" t nil)
11456 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11457 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11458 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11459 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11460
11461 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11462 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11463
11464 \(fn)" t nil)
11465
11466 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11467 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11468 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11469 for this Ibuffer session.
11470
11471 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11472
11473 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11474 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11475 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11476 for this Ibuffer session.
11477
11478 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11479
11480 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11481 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11482
11483 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11484 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11485
11486 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11487 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11488
11489 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11490
11491 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11492 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11493
11494 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11495 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11496
11497 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11498
11499 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11500 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11501
11502 \(fn)" t nil)
11503
11504 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11505 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11506
11507 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11508
11509 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11510 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11511 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11512
11513 \(fn)" t nil)
11514
11515 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11516 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11517
11518 The names are separated by a space.
11519 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11520
11521 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11522 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11523 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11524 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11525
11526 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11527
11528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11529
11530 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11531 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11532
11533 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11534
11535 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11536 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11537
11538 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11539
11540 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11541 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11542
11543 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11544
11545 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11546 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11547
11548 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11549
11550 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11551 Mark all modified buffers.
11552
11553 \(fn)" t nil)
11554
11555 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11556 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11557
11558 \(fn)" t nil)
11559
11560 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11561 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11562
11563 \(fn)" t nil)
11564
11565 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11566 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11567
11568 \(fn)" t nil)
11569
11570 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11571 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11572
11573 \(fn)" t nil)
11574
11575 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11576 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11577
11578 \(fn)" t nil)
11579
11580 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11581 Mark all read-only buffers.
11582
11583 \(fn)" t nil)
11584
11585 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11586 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11587
11588 \(fn)" t nil)
11589
11590 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11591 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11592 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11593 defaults to one.
11594
11595 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11596
11597 ;;;***
11598 \f
11599 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11600 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16211
11601 ;;;;;; 27016))
11602 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11603
11604 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11605 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11606
11607 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11608 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11609 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11610
11611 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11612 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11613 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11614 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11615 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11616 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11617
11618 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11619 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11620 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11621 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11622 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11623
11624 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11625
11626 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11627 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11628 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11629 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11630 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11631
11632 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11633 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11634 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11635
11636 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11637
11638 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11639 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11640 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11641 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11642 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11643 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11644
11645 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11646 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11647 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11648 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11649 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11650 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11651 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11652 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11653 values are:
11654 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11655 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11656 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11657 buffer's modification flag.
11658 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11659 prompted before performing this operation.
11660 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11661 operation is complete, in the form:
11662 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11663 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11664 confirmation message, in the form:
11665 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11666 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11667 macro for exactly what it does.
11668
11669 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11670
11671 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11672 Define a filter named NAME.
11673 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11674 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11675 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11676
11677 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11678 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11679 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11680 bound to the current value of the filter.
11681
11682 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11683
11684 ;;;***
11685 \f
11686 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11687 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16211 27016))
11688 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11689
11690 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11691 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11692 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11693 buffers which are visiting a file.
11694
11695 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11696
11697 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11698 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11699 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11700 buffers which are visiting a file.
11701
11702 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11703
11704 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11705 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11706 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11707
11708 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11709 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11710 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11711 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11712 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11713 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11714 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11715 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11716 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11717 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11718 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11719 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11720 locally in this buffer.
11721
11722 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11723
11724 ;;;***
11725 \f
11726 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11727 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (16211 27017))
11728 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11729
11730 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11731 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11732 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11733
11734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11735
11736 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11737 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11738 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11739
11740 \(fn)" nil nil)
11741
11742 ;;;***
11743 \f
11744 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (16211 27039))
11745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11746
11747 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11748 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11749 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11750 Tab indents for Icon code.
11751 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11752 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11753 \\{icon-mode-map}
11754 Variables controlling indentation style:
11755 icon-tab-always-indent
11756 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11757 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11758 icon-auto-newline
11759 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11760 inserted in Icon code.
11761 icon-indent-level
11762 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11763 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11764 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11765 icon-continued-statement-offset
11766 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11767 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11768 icon-continued-brace-offset
11769 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11770 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11771 icon-brace-offset
11772 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11773 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11774 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11775 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11776
11777 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11778 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11779
11780 \(fn)" t nil)
11781
11782 ;;;***
11783 \f
11784 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11785 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
11786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11787
11788 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11789 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11790 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11791 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11792
11793 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11794 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11795 separate frames.
11796
11797 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11798 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11799
11800 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11801 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11802 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11803
11804 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11805
11806 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11807
11808 ;;;***
11809 \f
11810 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11811 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
11812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11813
11814 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11815 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11816
11817 The main features of this mode are
11818
11819 1. Indentation and Formatting
11820 --------------------------
11821 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11822 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11823
11824 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11825 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11826 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11827 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11828
11829 Comments are indented as follows:
11830
11831 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11832 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11833 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11834
11835 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11836
11837 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11838 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11839 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11840 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11841 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11842 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11843 recommended).
11844
11845 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11846 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11847 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11848 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11849
11850 2. Routine Info
11851 ------------
11852 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11853 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11854 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11855 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11856 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11857 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11858 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11859 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11860
11861 3. Online IDL Help
11862 ---------------
11863 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11864 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11865 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11866 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11867 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11868
11869 4. Completion
11870 ----------
11871 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11872 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11873 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11874 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11875 mixed or upper case.
11876
11877 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11878 --------------------------------
11879 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11880 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11881
11882 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11883 \\fu FUNCTION template
11884 \\c CASE statement template
11885 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11886 \\f FOR loop template
11887 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11888 \\w WHILE loop template
11889 \\i IF statement template
11890 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11891 \\b BEGIN
11892
11893 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11894 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11895
11896 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11897 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11898 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11899
11900 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11901 -------------------------
11902 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11903 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11904
11905 7. Automatic END completion
11906 ------------------------
11907 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11908 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11909
11910 8. Hooks
11911 -----
11912 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11913 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11914
11915 9. Documentation and Customization
11916 -------------------------------
11917 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11918 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11919 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11920 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11921 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11922
11923 10.Keybindings
11924 -----------
11925 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11926 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11927 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11928
11929 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11930
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11932
11933 ;;;***
11934 \f
11935 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11936 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11937 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11938 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11939 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11940 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11941 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11942 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (16211 27017))
11943 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11944
11945 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11946 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11947 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11948 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11949 displaying...)
11950 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11951 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11952 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11953
11954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11955 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11956
11957 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11958
11959 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11960 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11961 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11962 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11963 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11964 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11965 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11966 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11967 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11968
11969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11970
11971 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11972 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11973 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11974 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11975 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11976 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11977 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11978
11979 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11980
11981 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11982 Switch to another buffer.
11983 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11984 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11985 in another frame.
11986
11987 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11988 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11989 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11990 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11991 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11992
11993 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11994 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11995
11996 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11997 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11998
11999 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12000 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12001 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12002 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
12003 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
12004 in a separate window.
12005 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
12006 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12007 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12008 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12009 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
12010 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
12011 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
12012 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
12013 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
12014
12015 \(fn)" t nil)
12016
12017 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
12018 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
12019 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12020 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12021
12022 \(fn)" t nil)
12023
12024 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
12025 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
12026 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12027 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12028
12029 \(fn)" t nil)
12030
12031 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
12032 Kill a buffer.
12033 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12034 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12035
12036 \(fn)" t nil)
12037
12038 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
12039 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
12040 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12041 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12042
12043 \(fn)" t nil)
12044
12045 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
12046 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12047 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12048 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12049
12050 \(fn)" t nil)
12051
12052 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
12053 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
12054
12055 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12056
12057 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
12058 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
12059 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
12060 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
12061 visible in another frame.
12062
12063 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
12064 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
12065 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
12066 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
12067 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
12068 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12069
12070 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
12071 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
12072
12073 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
12074 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
12075
12076 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12077 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12078 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12079 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
12080 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
12081 in a separate window.
12082 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
12083 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
12084 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
12085 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
12086 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
12087 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
12088 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
12089 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12090 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12091 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12092 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
12093 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
12094 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
12095 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
12096 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
12097
12098 \(fn)" t nil)
12099
12100 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
12101 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12102 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12103 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12104
12105 \(fn)" t nil)
12106
12107 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12108 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12109 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12110 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12111
12112 \(fn)" t nil)
12113
12114 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12115 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12116 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12117 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12118
12119 \(fn)" t nil)
12120
12121 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12122 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12123 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12124 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12125
12126 \(fn)" t nil)
12127
12128 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12129 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12130 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12131 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12132
12133 \(fn)" t nil)
12134
12135 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12136 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12137 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12138 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12139
12140 \(fn)" t nil)
12141
12142 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12143 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12144 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12145 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12146
12147 \(fn)" t nil)
12148
12149 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12150 Write current buffer to a file.
12151 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12152 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12153
12154 \(fn)" t nil)
12155
12156 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12157 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12158 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12159 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12160
12161 \(fn)" t nil)
12162
12163 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12164 Call dired the ido way.
12165 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12166 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12167
12168 \(fn)" t nil)
12169
12170 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12171 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12172 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12173
12174 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12175
12176 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12177 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12178 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12179
12180 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12181
12182 ;;;***
12183 \f
12184 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (16218 6767))
12185 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12186 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12187
12188 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12189 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12190 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12191
12192 \(fn)" t nil)
12193
12194 ;;;***
12195 \f
12196 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12197 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12198 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (16211 27017))
12199 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12200
12201 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12202 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12203 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12204 be determined.
12205
12206 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12207
12208 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12209 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12210 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12211 be determined.
12212
12213 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12214
12215 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12216 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12217 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12218
12219 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12220
12221 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12222 Create an image.
12223 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12224 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12225 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12226 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12227 use its file extension as image type.
12228 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12229 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12230 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12231 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12232
12233 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12234
12235 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12236 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12237 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12238 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12239 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12240 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12241 POS may be an integer or marker.
12242 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12243 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12244 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12245 means display it in the right marginal area.
12246
12247 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12248
12249 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12250 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12251 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12252 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12253 defaulted if you omit it.
12254 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12255 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12256 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12257 means display it in the right marginal area.
12258
12259 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12260
12261 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12262 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12263 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12264 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12265
12266 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12267
12268 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12269 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12270
12271 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12272
12273 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12274 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12275 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12276 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12277 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12278 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12279 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12280 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12281 satisfied.
12282
12283 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12284
12285 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12286
12287 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12288 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12289
12290 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12291 documentation string.
12292
12293 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12294 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12295 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12296 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12297 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12298 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12299 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12300 define SYMBOL.
12301
12302 Example:
12303
12304 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12305 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12306
12307 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12308
12309 ;;;***
12310 \f
12311 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12312 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12313 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (16211 27017))
12314 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12315
12316 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12317 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12318 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12319 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12320
12321 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12322 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12323 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12324 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12325
12326 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12327
12328 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12329 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12330 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12331 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12332
12333 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12334 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12335 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12336 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12337
12338 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12339
12340 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12341 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12342
12343 \(fn)" nil nil)
12344
12345 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12346 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12347 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12348 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12349
12350 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12351
12352 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12353 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12354 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12356 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12357
12358 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12359
12360 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12361 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12362 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12363 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12364
12365 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12366 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12367 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12368
12369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12370
12371 ;;;***
12372 \f
12373 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12374 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16252 34050))
12375 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12376
12377 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12378 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12379
12380 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12381
12382 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12383 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12384 in the buffer.
12385
12386 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12387
12388 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12389 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12390 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12391
12392 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12393
12394 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12395 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12396
12397 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12398 to create a buffer index.
12399
12400 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12401 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12402 or like this:
12403 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12404 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12405 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12406 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12407 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12408
12409 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12410 entries are not nested.
12411
12412 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12413 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12414 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12415 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12416
12417 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12418 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12419
12420 The variable is buffer-local.
12421
12422 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12423 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12424 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12425
12426 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12427 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12428 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12429 during matching.")
12430
12431 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12432
12433 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12434 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12435
12436 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12437 of the current buffer as an alist.
12438
12439 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12440 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12441 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12442 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12443 if it is a sub-alist.
12444
12445 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12446
12447 The variable is buffer-local.")
12448
12449 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12450
12451 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12452 Function for finding the next index position.
12453
12454 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12455 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12456 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12457 file.
12458
12459 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12460 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12461
12462 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12463
12464 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12465
12466 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12467 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12468
12469 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12470 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12471 It should return the name for that index item.
12472
12473 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12474
12475 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12476
12477 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12478 Function to compare string with index item.
12479
12480 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12481 non-nil if they match.
12482
12483 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12484 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12485 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12486 arguments match\".
12487
12488 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12489
12490 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12491
12492 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12493 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12494 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12495
12496 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12497
12498 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12499
12500 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12501
12502 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12503 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12504 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12505 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12506
12507 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12508
12509 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12510 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12511
12512 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12513
12514 \(fn)" t nil)
12515
12516 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12517 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12518 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12519 for more information.
12520
12521 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12522
12523 ;;;***
12524 \f
12525 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12526 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12527 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16301 42973))
12528 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12529
12530 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12531 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12532
12533 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12534
12535 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12536 Not documented
12537
12538 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12539
12540 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12541 Not documented
12542
12543 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12544
12545 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12546 Not documented
12547
12548 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12549
12550 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12551 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12552 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12553 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12554 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12555
12556 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12557
12558 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12559 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12560 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12561 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12562 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12563
12564 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12565
12566 ;;;***
12567 \f
12568 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12569 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
12570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12571
12572 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12573 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12574 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12575 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12576 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12577
12578 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12579 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12580
12581 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12582 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12583 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12584 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12585 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12586 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12587 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12588 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12589
12590 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12591 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12592 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12593 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12594 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12595
12596 This variable is only used if the variable
12597 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12598
12599 More precise choices:
12600 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12601 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12602 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12603
12604 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12605
12606 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12607 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12608
12609 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12610 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12611 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12612 to that buffer.
12613 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12614 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12615 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12616 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12617
12618 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12619 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12620
12621 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12622
12623 ;;;***
12624 \f
12625 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12626 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone
12627 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12628 ;;;;;; (16258 10857))
12629 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12630
12631 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12632 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12633
12634 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12635 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12636
12637 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12638 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12639 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12640 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12641 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12642 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12643
12644 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12645 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12646
12647 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12648 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12649 in all the directories in that path.
12650
12651 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12652
12653 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12654 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12655
12656 \(fn)" t nil)
12657
12658 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12659 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12660 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12661 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12662
12663 \(fn)" nil nil)
12664
12665 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12666 Go to the Info directory node.
12667
12668 \(fn)" t nil)
12669
12670 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12671 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12672 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12673 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12674 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12675 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12676 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12677 Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12678 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12679
12680 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12681
12682 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12683 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12684 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12685 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12686 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12687 or string.
12688
12689 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12690
12691 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12692 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12693 KEY is a string.
12694 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12695 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12696 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12697 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12698
12699 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12700
12701 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12702 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12703 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12704
12705 \(fn)" t nil)
12706
12707 ;;;***
12708 \f
12709 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12710 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12711 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
12712 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12713
12714 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12715 Throw away all cached data.
12716 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12717 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12718 system.
12719
12720 \(fn)" t nil)
12721
12722 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12723 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12724 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12725 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12726 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12727 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12728
12729 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12730
12731 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12732
12733 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12734 Display the documentation of a file.
12735 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12736 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12737 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12738 The default file name is the one found at point.
12739
12740 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12741
12742 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12743
12744 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12745 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12746
12747 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12748
12749 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12750 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12751
12752 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12753
12754 ;;;***
12755 \f
12756 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12757 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (16211 27017))
12758 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12759
12760 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12761 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12762
12763 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12764
12765 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12766 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12767 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12768
12769 \(fn)" t nil)
12770
12771 ;;;***
12772 \f
12773 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12774 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (16211 27017))
12775 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12776
12777 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12778 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12779
12780 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12781
12782 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12783 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12784 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12785
12786 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12787 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12788 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12789
12790 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12791 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12792 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12793 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12794
12795 \(fn)" t nil)
12796
12797 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12798 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12799 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12800
12801 \(fn)" t nil)
12802
12803 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12804 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12805 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12806 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12807 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12808
12809 \(fn)" nil nil)
12810
12811 ;;;***
12812 \f
12813 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12814 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12815 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
12816 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12817
12818 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12819 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12820
12821 \(fn)" t nil)
12822
12823 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12824 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12825
12826 \(fn)" t nil)
12827
12828 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12829 Not documented
12830
12831 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12832
12833 ;;;***
12834 \f
12835 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12836 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
12837 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12838
12839 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12840 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12841 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12842 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12843 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12844 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12845
12846 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12847 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12848
12849 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12850 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12851 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12852 \"s gives German sharp s.
12853 /a gives a with ring.
12854 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12855 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12856 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12857 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12858
12859 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12860 and a negative argument disables it.
12861
12862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12863
12864 ;;;***
12865 \f
12866 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12867 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12868 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12869 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (16211 27032))
12870 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12871
12872 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12873 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12874 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12875 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12876
12877 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12878
12879 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12880 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12881 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12882 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12883
12884 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12885
12886 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12887 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12888 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12889 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12890
12891 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12892
12893 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12894 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12895 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12896 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12897
12898 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12899
12900 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12901 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12902 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12903 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12904
12905 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12906
12907 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12908 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12909 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12910 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12911
12912 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12913
12914 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12915 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12916 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12917 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12918
12919 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12920
12921 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12922 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12923 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12924 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12925
12926 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12927
12928 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12929 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12930 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12931 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12932
12933 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12934
12935 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12936 Warn that format is read-only.
12937
12938 \(fn)" t nil)
12939
12940 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12941 Warn that format is write-only.
12942
12943 \(fn)" t nil)
12944
12945 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12946 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12947
12948 \(fn)" t nil)
12949
12950 ;;;***
12951 \f
12952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12953 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
12954 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12955 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12956 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12957 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12958
12959 ;;;***
12960 \f
12961 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12962 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12963 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12964 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12965 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12966 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16211 27044))
12967 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12968
12969 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12970 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12971 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12972 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12973
12974 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12975
12976 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12977 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12978
12979 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
12980
12981 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
12982 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
12983 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
12984 and then re-start emacs.")
12985
12986 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12987
12988 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12989
12990 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12991
12992 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12993
12994 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
12995
12996 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12997
12998 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12999
13000 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
13001 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
13002
13003 Each element of this list is also a list:
13004
13005 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
13006 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
13007
13008 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
13009 nil means the default dictionary.
13010
13011 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
13012 word.
13013
13014 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
13015
13016 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
13017 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
13018 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
13019 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
13020 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
13021 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
13022 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
13023 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
13024 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
13025
13026 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
13027 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
13028 single word.
13029
13030 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
13031 subprocess.
13032
13033 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
13034 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
13035 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
13036 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
13037 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
13038 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
13039 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
13040 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
13041
13042 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
13043
13044 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
13045 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
13046 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
13047
13048 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13049
13050 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
13051 Key map for ispell menu.")
13052
13053 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
13054 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
13055 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
13056 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
13057
13058 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
13059
13060 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
13061
13062 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
13063
13064 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
13065
13066 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
13067
13068 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
13069 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
13070 The alist key must be a regular expression.
13071 Valid forms include:
13072 (KEY) - just skip the key.
13073 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
13074 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
13075 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
13076
13077 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
13078 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
13079 First list is used raw.
13080 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
13081
13082 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
13083 for skipping in latex mode.")
13084
13085 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
13086 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
13087 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
13088 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
13089 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
13090 >]\").")
13091 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
13092
13093 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
13094 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
13095 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
13096 in a window allowing you to choose one.
13097
13098 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
13099 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
13100 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
13101 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
13102 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
13103
13104 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
13105 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
13106
13107 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
13108
13109 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
13110 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
13111
13112 return values:
13113 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
13114 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
13115 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
13116 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
13117 quit spell session exited.
13118
13119 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
13120
13121 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
13122 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
13123 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
13124
13125 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
13126
13127 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
13128 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
13129
13130 Selections are:
13131
13132 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
13133 SPC: Accept word this time.
13134 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
13135 `a': Accept word for this session.
13136 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
13137 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
13138 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
13139 `?': Show these commands.
13140 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
13141 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
13142 the aborted check to be completed later.
13143 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
13144 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
13145 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13146 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13147 `C-l': redraws screen
13148 `C-r': recursive edit
13149 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13150
13151 \(fn)" nil nil)
13152
13153 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13154 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13155 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13156
13157 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13158
13159 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13160 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13161 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13162
13163 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13164
13165 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13166
13167 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13168
13169 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13170 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13171 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13172 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13173
13174 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13175
13176 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13177 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13178
13179 \(fn)" t nil)
13180
13181 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13182 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13183
13184 \(fn)" t nil)
13185
13186 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13187 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13188
13189 \(fn)" t nil)
13190
13191 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13192 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13193 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13194 sequence inside of a word.
13195
13196 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13197
13198 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13199
13200 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13201 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13202
13203 \(fn)" t nil)
13204
13205 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13206 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13207 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13208 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13209
13210 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13211 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13212 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13213 available on the net.
13214
13215 \(fn)" t nil)
13216
13217 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13218 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13219 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13220
13221 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13222 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13223
13224 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13225 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13226
13227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13228
13229 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13230 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13231 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13232 Don't check included messages.
13233
13234 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13235 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13236 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13237
13238 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13239 in your .emacs file:
13240 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13241 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13242 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13243 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13244
13245 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13246 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13247 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13248
13249 \(fn)" t nil)
13250
13251 ;;;***
13252 \f
13253 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13254 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13255 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16211 27017))
13256 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13257
13258 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13259 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13260 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13261 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13262 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13263 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13264
13265 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13266
13267 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13268 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13269 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13270 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13271
13272 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13273
13274 \(fn)" t nil)
13275
13276 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13277 Switch to another buffer.
13278
13279 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13280 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13281 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13282 in another frame.
13283 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13284
13285 \(fn)" t nil)
13286
13287 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13288 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13289 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13290 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13291
13292 \(fn)" t nil)
13293
13294 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13295 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13296 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13297 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13298
13299 \(fn)" t nil)
13300
13301 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13302 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13303 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13304 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13305
13306 \(fn)" t nil)
13307
13308 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13309 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13310 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13311 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13312 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13313
13314 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13315
13316 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13317 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13318 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13319 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13320 `iswitchb' for details.
13321
13322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13323
13324 ;;;***
13325 \f
13326 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13327 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13328 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13329 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16211 27033))
13330 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13331
13332 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13333 Not documented
13334
13335 \(fn)" nil nil)
13336
13337 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13338 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13339 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13340 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13341 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13342 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13343 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13344 necessary to represent OBJ.
13345
13346 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13347
13348 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13349 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13350 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13351 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13352
13353 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13354
13355 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13356 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13357 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13358 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13359 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13360
13361 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13362
13363 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13364 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13365 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13366 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13367
13368 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13369
13370 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13371 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13372 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13373 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13374
13375 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13376
13377 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13378 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13379
13380 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13381
13382 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13383 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13384 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13385 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13386 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13387
13388 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13389
13390 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13391 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13392 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13393 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13394 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13395
13396 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13397
13398 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13399 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13400 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13401
13402 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13403
13404 ;;;***
13405 \f
13406 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (16211
13407 ;;;;;; 27017))
13408 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13409
13410 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13411 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13412 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13413 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13414 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13415
13416 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13417
13418 ;;;***
13419 \f
13420 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13421 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16211 27017))
13422 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13423
13424 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13425 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13426 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13428 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13429
13430 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13431
13432 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13433 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13434 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13435 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13436
13437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13438
13439 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13440 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13441
13442 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13443
13444 ;;;***
13445 \f
13446 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13447 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13448 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
13449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13450
13451 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13452 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13453 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13454 decimal key must be specified.")
13455
13456 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13457
13458 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13459 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13460 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13461 decimal key must be specified.")
13462
13463 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13464
13465 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13466 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13467 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13468 decimal key must be specified.")
13469
13470 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13471
13472 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13473 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13474 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13475 decimal key must be specified.")
13476
13477 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13478
13479 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13480 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13481 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13482 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13483 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13484 keys are bound.
13485
13486 Setup Binding
13487 -------------------------------------------------------------
13488 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13489 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13490 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13491 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13492 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13493 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13494 in the global and local keymaps.
13495
13496 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13497 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13498
13499 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13500
13501 ;;;***
13502 \f
13503 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13504 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
13505 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13506
13507 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13508 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13509 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13510
13511 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13512 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13513 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13514 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13515 shorter.
13516
13517 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13518 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13519 the context of text formatting.
13520
13521 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13522
13523 ;;;***
13524 \f
13525 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16211
13526 ;;;;;; 27032))
13527 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13528
13529 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13530 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13531 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13532 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13533 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13534 positions that contains the current selection.")
13535
13536 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13537 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13538 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13539 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13540 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13541 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13542 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13543
13544 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13545
13546 ;;;***
13547 \f
13548 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13549 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13550 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13551 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16211 27017))
13552 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13553 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13554 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13555 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13556 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13557 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13558 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13559 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13560
13561 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13562 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13563 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13564 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13565 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13566 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13567 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13568
13569 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13570 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13571 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13572
13573 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13574 defining the macro.
13575
13576 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13577 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13578 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13579
13580 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13581
13582 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13583 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13584 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13585 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13586 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13587 under that name.
13588
13589 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13590 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13591 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13592
13593 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13594
13595 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13596 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13597 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13598
13599 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13600 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13601 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13602 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13603
13604 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13605 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13606
13607 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13608
13609 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13610 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13611 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13612
13613 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13614 macro.
13615
13616 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13617 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13618
13619 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13620 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13621 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13622
13623 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13624 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13625
13626 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13627
13628 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13629 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13630 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13631 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13632
13633 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13634
13635 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13636 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13637 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13638 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13639
13640 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13641 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13642
13643 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13644
13645 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13646 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13647 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13648
13649 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13650
13651 ;;;***
13652 \f
13653 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
13654 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
13655 ;;;;;; (16303 32088))
13656 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
13657
13658 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
13659
13660 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
13661 Not documented
13662
13663 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13664
13665 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
13666 Not documented
13667
13668 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
13669
13670 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
13671 Not documented
13672
13673 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13674
13675 ;;;***
13676 \f
13677 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13678 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16211 27033))
13679 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13680
13681 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13682 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13683 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13684
13685 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13686 Not documented
13687
13688 \(fn)" nil nil)
13689
13690 ;;;***
13691 \f
13692 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13693 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
13694 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13695
13696 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13697
13698 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13699 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13700
13701 \(fn)" t nil)
13702
13703 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13704
13705 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13706 Start or resume an Lm game.
13707 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13708 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13709
13710 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13711 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13712 none / 1 | yes | no
13713 2 | yes | yes
13714 3 | no | yes
13715 4 | no | no
13716
13717 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13718 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13719 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13720
13721 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13722
13723 ;;;***
13724 \f
13725 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13726 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13727 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16211
13728 ;;;;;; 27033))
13729 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13730
13731 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13732 Not documented
13733
13734 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13735
13736 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13737 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13738 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13739 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13740 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13741 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13742
13743 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13744 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13745
13746 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13747
13748 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13749 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13750
13751 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13752
13753 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13754 Not documented
13755
13756 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13757
13758 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13759 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13760 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13761 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13762 to compose.
13763
13764 The return value is number of composed characters.
13765
13766 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13767
13768 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13769 Not documented
13770
13771 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13772
13773 ;;;***
13774 \f
13775 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13776 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (16313 5697))
13777 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13778
13779 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13780 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13781 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13782 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13783 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13784 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13785 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13786 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13787
13788 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13789 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13790
13791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13792 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
13793
13794 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13795
13796 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13797 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13798 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13799 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13800 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13801 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13802 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13803 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13804
13805 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13806
13807 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13808 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13809 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
13810 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13811
13812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13813 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
13814
13815 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13816
13817 ;;;***
13818 \f
13819 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13820 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (16211 27017))
13821 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13822
13823 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13824 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13825 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13826 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13827
13828 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13829
13830 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13831 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13832 JIT Lock's favor.
13833
13834 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13835
13836 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13837 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13838 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13839 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13840 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13841 for large buffers.
13842
13843 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13844 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13845 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13846 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13847 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13848
13849 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13850 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13851 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13852 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13853 slow to keep up with your typing.
13854
13855 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13856 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13857 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13858 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13859 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13860 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13861
13862 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13863 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13864 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13865 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13866
13867 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13868 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13869 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13870 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13871
13872 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13873 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13874 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13875 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13876 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13877
13878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13879
13880 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13881 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13882
13883 \(fn)" nil nil)
13884
13885 ;;;***
13886 \f
13887 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
13888 ;;;;;; (16238 60560))
13889 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
13890
13891 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
13892
13893 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
13894 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
13895
13896 \(fn)" t nil)
13897
13898 ;;;***
13899 \f
13900 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13901 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
13902 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13903
13904 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13905 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13906
13907 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13908 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13909
13910 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13911 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13912
13913 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13914 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13915 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13916 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13917 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13918 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13919 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13920 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13921 and transmit saved text.
13922 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13923 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13924 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13925
13926 \(fn)" t nil)
13927
13928 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13929 Not documented
13930
13931 \(fn)" nil nil)
13932
13933 ;;;***
13934 \f
13935 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (16211 27038))
13936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13937
13938 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13939 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13940 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13941 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13942 generations (this defaults to 1).
13943
13944 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13945
13946 ;;;***
13947 \f
13948 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (16256
13949 ;;;;;; 53161))
13950 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13951
13952 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13953 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13954 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13955 is nil, raise an error.
13956
13957 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13958
13959 ;;;***
13960 \f
13961 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13962 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
13963 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13964
13965 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13966 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13967 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13968
13969 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13970
13971 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13972 Run the locate command with a filter.
13973
13974 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13975 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13976
13977 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13978
13979 ;;;***
13980 \f
13981 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16258 10857))
13982 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13983
13984 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13985 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13986 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13987 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13988 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13989 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13990 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13991 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13992 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13993 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13994 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13995 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13996 uses the current buffer.
13997
13998 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13999
14000 ;;;***
14001 \f
14002 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16211
14003 ;;;;;; 27017))
14004 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
14005
14006 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
14007 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
14008
14009 \(fn)" t nil)
14010
14011 ;;;***
14012 \f
14013 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
14014 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16211
14015 ;;;;;; 27017))
14016 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
14017
14018 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
14019
14020 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
14021
14022 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
14023 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
14024 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
14025
14026 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
14027 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
14028
14029 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
14030 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
14031 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
14032 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
14033 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
14034 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
14035 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
14036
14037 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
14038
14039 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
14040 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
14041 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
14042 switch on this list.
14043 See `lpr-command'.")
14044
14045 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
14046
14047 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
14048 *Name of program for printing a file.
14049
14050 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
14051 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
14052 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
14053 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
14054 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
14055 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
14056 argument.")
14057
14058 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
14059
14060 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
14061 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
14062 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14063 for customization of the printer command.
14064
14065 \(fn)" t nil)
14066
14067 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
14068 Paginate and print buffer contents.
14069
14070 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14071 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14072 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14073 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14074
14075 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14076 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14077
14078 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14079 for further customization of the printer command.
14080
14081 \(fn)" t nil)
14082
14083 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
14084 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
14085 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14086 for customization of the printer command.
14087
14088 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14089
14090 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
14091 Paginate and print the region contents.
14092
14093 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14094 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14095 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14096 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14097
14098 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14099 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14100
14101 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14102 for further customization of the printer command.
14103
14104 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14105
14106 ;;;***
14107 \f
14108 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
14109 ;;;;;; (16277 42321))
14110 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
14111
14112 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
14113 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
14114 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
14115
14116 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
14117
14118 ;;;***
14119 \f
14120 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16211
14121 ;;;;;; 27023))
14122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
14123
14124 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
14125 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
14126 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14127
14128 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14129
14130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14131
14132 ;;;***
14133 \f
14134 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (16211
14135 ;;;;;; 27039))
14136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
14137
14138 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
14139 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
14140 \\{m4-mode-map}
14141
14142 \(fn)" t nil)
14143
14144 ;;;***
14145 \f
14146 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
14147 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16211 27017))
14148 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
14149
14150 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14151 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
14152 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
14153 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
14154 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
14155
14156 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
14157
14158 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14159 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
14160 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
14161 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
14162
14163 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
14164 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
14165 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
14166 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
14167 bindings.
14168
14169 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
14170 use this command, and then save the file.
14171
14172 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
14173
14174 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
14175 Query user during kbd macro execution.
14176 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
14177 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
14178 each time the macro executes.
14179 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
14180 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
14181 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
14182 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
14183 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
14184 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
14185 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
14186
14187 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
14188
14189 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14190 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14191 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14192
14193 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14194 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14195 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14196 execute.
14197
14198 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14199 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14200
14201 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14202 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14203 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14204 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14205 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14206
14207 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14208 looked like this:
14209
14210 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14211 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14212 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14213
14214 You could enter the names in this format:
14215
14216 foo
14217 bar
14218 baz
14219
14220 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14221
14222 \\C-x (
14223 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14224 \\C-x )
14225
14226 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14227 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14228
14229 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14230 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14231
14232 ;;;***
14233 \f
14234 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14235 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16281 48394))
14236 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14237
14238 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14239 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14240 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14241 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14242 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14243
14244 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14245 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14246 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14247 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14248 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14249
14250 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14251 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14252 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14253 consing a string.)
14254
14255 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14256
14257 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14258 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14259
14260 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14261
14262 ;;;***
14263 \f
14264 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14265 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14266 ;;;;;; (16211 27033))
14267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14268
14269 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14270 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14271
14272 \(fn)" nil nil)
14273
14274 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14275 Not documented
14276
14277 \(fn)" nil nil)
14278
14279 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14280 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14281
14282 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14283
14284 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14285 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14286 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14287 message.
14288
14289 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14290
14291 \(fn)" nil nil)
14292
14293 ;;;***
14294 \f
14295 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14296 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14297 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (16211
14298 ;;;;;; 27033))
14299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14300
14301 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14302 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14303 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14304 often correct parser.")
14305
14306 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14307
14308 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14309 Not documented
14310
14311 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14312
14313 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14314 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14315 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14316 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14317
14318 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14319
14320 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14321 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14322 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14323 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14324
14325 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14326
14327 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14328 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14329 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14330 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14331
14332 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14333
14334 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14335 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14336 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14337 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14338 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14339 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14340
14341 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14342
14343 ;;;***
14344 \f
14345 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14346 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (16249 31429))
14347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14348
14349 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14350 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14351
14352 \(fn)" nil nil)
14353
14354 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14355 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14356 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14357
14358 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14359
14360 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14361 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14362 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14363
14364 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14365
14366 ;;;***
14367 \f
14368 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14369 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16211
14370 ;;;;;; 27034))
14371 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14372
14373 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14374 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14375 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14376 king@grassland.com
14377 If `parens', they look like:
14378 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14379 If `angles', they look like:
14380 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14381
14382 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14383
14384 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14385 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14386 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14387 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14388 their `Resent-' variants.
14389
14390 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14391 removed from alias expansions.
14392
14393 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14394
14395 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14396 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14397 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14398
14399 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14400 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14401 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14402 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14403
14404 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14405
14406 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14407 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14408 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14409 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14410
14411 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14412
14413 ;;;***
14414 \f
14415 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14416 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
14417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14418
14419 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14420 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14421 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14422
14423 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14424
14425 In the browser, use the following keys:
14426
14427 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14428
14429 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14430
14431 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14432 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14433
14434 `makefile-target-colon':
14435 The string that gets appended to all target names
14436 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14437 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14438
14439 `makefile-macro-assign':
14440 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14441 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14442 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14443 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14444 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14445 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14446
14447 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14448 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14449 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14450
14451 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14452 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14453
14454 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14455 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14456 up or down in the browser.
14457
14458 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14459 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14460
14461 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14462 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14463
14464 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14465 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14466 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14467 has been selected in the browser.
14468
14469 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14470 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14471 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14472 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14473 filenames are omitted.
14474
14475 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14476 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14477 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14478 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14479 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14480 the backslash itself intact.
14481 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14482 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14483
14484 `makefile-browser-hook':
14485 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14486 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14487
14488 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14489 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14490 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14491 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14492
14493 \(fn)" t nil)
14494
14495 ;;;***
14496 \f
14497 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (16211
14498 ;;;;;; 27017))
14499 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14500
14501 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14502 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14503 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14504
14505 \(fn)" t nil)
14506
14507 ;;;***
14508 \f
14509 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16246 39964))
14510 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14511
14512 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14513
14514 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14515 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14516 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14517 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14518 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14519 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14520 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14521
14522 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14523 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14524 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14525 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14526
14527 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14528
14529 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14530 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14531
14532 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14533
14534 ;;;***
14535 \f
14536 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (16211 27017))
14537 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14538
14539 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14540 Toggle Master mode.
14541 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14542 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14543 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14544
14545 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14546 following commands:
14547
14548 \\{master-mode-map}
14549
14550 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14551 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14552 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14553
14554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14555
14556 ;;;***
14557 \f
14558 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16211
14559 ;;;;;; 37994))
14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14561
14562 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14563
14564 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14565 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14566 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14568 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14569
14570 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14571
14572 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14573 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14574 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14575 created in the future.
14576 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14577 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14578
14579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14580
14581 ;;;***
14582 \f
14583 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14584 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14585 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14586 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14587 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14588 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14589 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14590 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14591 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14592 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16211 27028))
14593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14594
14595 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14596 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14597
14598 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14599 king@grassland.com
14600 If `parens', they look like:
14601 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14602 If `angles', they look like:
14603 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14604
14605 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14606 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14607
14608 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14609
14610 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14611 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14612
14613 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14614
14615 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14616 *Local news organization file.")
14617
14618 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14619
14620 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14621 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14622 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14623 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14624
14625 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14626 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14627 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14628
14629 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14630
14631 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14632
14633 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14634 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14635
14636 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14637
14638 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14639 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14640
14641 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14642
14643 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14644 *Function for citing an original message.
14645 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14646 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14647 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14648
14649 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14650
14651 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14652 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14653 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14654 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14655 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14656
14657 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14658
14659 (defvar message-signature t "\
14660 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14661 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14662 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14663 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14664
14665 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14666
14667 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14668 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14669 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14670 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14671
14672 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14673
14674 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14675
14676 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14677 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14678 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14679 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14680 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14681 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14682 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14683 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14684 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14685 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14686 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14687 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14688 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14689 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14690 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14691 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14692 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14693 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14694 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14695 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14696 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14697 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14698 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14699 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14700 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14701
14702 \(fn)" t nil)
14703
14704 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14705 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14706 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14707
14708 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14709
14710 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14711 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14712
14713 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14714
14715 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14716 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14717
14718 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14719
14720 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14721 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14722
14723 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14724
14725 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14726 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14727 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14728
14729 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14730
14731 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14732 Cancel an article you posted.
14733 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14734
14735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14736
14737 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14738 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14739 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14740 header line with the old Message-ID.
14741
14742 \(fn)" t nil)
14743
14744 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14745 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14746
14747 \(fn)" t nil)
14748
14749 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14750 Forward the current message via mail.
14751 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14752 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14753
14754 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14755
14756 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14757 Not documented
14758
14759 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14760
14761 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14762 Not documented
14763
14764 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14765
14766 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14767 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14768
14769 \(fn)" t nil)
14770
14771 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14772 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14773
14774 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14775
14776 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14777 Re-mail the current message.
14778 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14779 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14780 you.
14781
14782 \(fn)" t nil)
14783
14784 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14785 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14786
14787 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14788
14789 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14790 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14791
14792 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14793
14794 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14795 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14796
14797 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14798
14799 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14800 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14801
14802 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14803
14804 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14805 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14806 Works by overstriking characters.
14807 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14808 which specify the range to operate on.
14809
14810 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14811
14812 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14813 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14814 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14815 which specify the range to operate on.
14816
14817 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14818
14819 ;;;***
14820 \f
14821 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14822 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
14823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14824
14825 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14826 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14827 Special commands:
14828 \\{meta-mode-map}
14829
14830 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14831 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14832
14833 \(fn)" t nil)
14834
14835 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14836 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14837 Special commands:
14838 \\{meta-mode-map}
14839
14840 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14841 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14842
14843 \(fn)" t nil)
14844
14845 ;;;***
14846 \f
14847 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14848 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14849 ;;;;;; (16211 27034))
14850 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14851
14852 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14853 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14854 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14855
14856 \(fn)" t nil)
14857
14858 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14859 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14860 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14861 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14862 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14863 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14864 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14865
14866 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14867
14868 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14869 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14870 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14871 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14872 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14873 means current).
14874 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14875 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14876
14877 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14878
14879 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14880 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14881 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14882 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14883 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14884 means current).
14885 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14886 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14887
14888 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14889
14890 ;;;***
14891 \f
14892 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14893 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16211
14894 ;;;;;; 27036))
14895 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14896
14897 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14898 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14899 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14900 to the MH mail system.
14901
14902 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14903
14904 \(fn)" t nil)
14905
14906 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14907 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14908 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14909 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14910 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14911 that want to create a mail buffer.
14912 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14913 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14914 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14915
14916 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14917
14918 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14919 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14920 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14921
14922 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14923 initial Subject field, respectively.
14924
14925 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14926 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14927 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14928
14929 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14930
14931 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14932
14933 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14934 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14935 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14936 to the MH mail system.
14937
14938 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14939
14940 \(fn)" t nil)
14941
14942 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14943 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14944
14945 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14946 using the MH mail handling system.
14947
14948 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14949 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14950 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14951 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14952 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14953 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14954 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14955
14956 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14957 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14958
14959 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14960 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14961
14962 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
14963
14964 \(fn)" t nil)
14965 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14966
14967 ;;;***
14968 \f
14969 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14970 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
14971 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14972
14973 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14974 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14975 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14976 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14977
14978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14979
14980 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14981 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14982 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14983 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14984
14985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14986
14987 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14988 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14989
14990 \(fn)" t nil)
14991
14992 ;;;***
14993 \f
14994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16211 27037))
14995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
14996
14997 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14998
14999 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15000
15001 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15002
15003 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15004
15005 ;;;***
15006 \f
15007 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
15008 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (16211 27017))
15009 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
15010
15011 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
15012 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
15013 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
15014 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
15015 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
15016 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
15017 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
15018 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
15019 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
15020 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
15021 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
15022
15023 \(fn)" t nil)
15024
15025 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
15026 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
15027 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
15028 to its second argument TM.
15029
15030 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
15031
15032 ;;;***
15033 \f
15034 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
15035 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (16211 27017))
15036 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
15037
15038 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
15039 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
15040 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15042 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
15043
15044 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
15045
15046 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
15047 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
15048 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
15049 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
15050 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
15051 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
15052 default indication.
15053
15054 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15055 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15056
15057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15058
15059 ;;;***
15060 \f
15061 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
15062 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
15063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
15064
15065 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
15066 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
15067 \\{mixal-mode-map}
15068
15069 \(fn)" t nil)
15070
15071 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
15072
15073 ;;;***
15074 \f
15075 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
15076 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
15077 ;;;;;; (16232 560))
15078 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
15079
15080 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
15081 Not documented
15082
15083 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15084
15085 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
15086 Not documented
15087
15088 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15089
15090 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
15091 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
15092 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
15093 PATTERN regexp.
15094
15095 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15096
15097 ;;;***
15098 \f
15099 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
15100 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
15102
15103 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
15104 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
15105 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
15106 the entire message.
15107 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
15108
15109 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
15110
15111 ;;;***
15112 \f
15113 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
15114 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15115 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
15116
15117 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
15118 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
15119
15120 \(fn)" nil nil)
15121
15122 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
15123 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
15124
15125 \(fn)" nil nil)
15126
15127 ;;;***
15128 \f
15129 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
15130 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
15131 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
15132
15133 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
15134 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
15135 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
15136 followed by the first character of the construct.
15137 \\<m2-mode-map>
15138 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
15139 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
15140 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
15141 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
15142 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
15143 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
15144 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
15145 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
15146 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
15147 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
15148 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
15149 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
15150 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
15151 \\[m2-link] link
15152
15153 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
15154 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
15155 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
15156
15157 \(fn)" t nil)
15158
15159 ;;;***
15160 \f
15161 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
15162 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
15163 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
15164
15165 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
15166 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
15167
15168 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15169
15170 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
15171 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
15172
15173 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15174
15175 ;;;***
15176 \f
15177 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16211
15178 ;;;;;; 27017))
15179 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
15180
15181 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
15182 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
15183 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15185 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
15186
15187 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
15188
15189 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
15190 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
15191 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15192 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
15193
15194 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
15195
15196 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
15197
15198 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
15199
15200 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
15201 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
15202 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
15203 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
15204 Triple-clicking selects lines.
15205 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
15206
15207 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
15208 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
15209 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
15210 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
15211 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
15212
15213 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
15214 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
15215
15216 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
15217 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
15218
15219 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
15220
15221 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
15222 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
15223 primary selection and region.
15224
15225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15226
15227 ;;;***
15228 \f
15229 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16211 27038))
15230 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
15231
15232 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
15233 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
15234
15235 \(fn)" t nil)
15236
15237 ;;;***
15238 \f
15239 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (16211 27017))
15240 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
15241
15242 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
15243 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
15244 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15245 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15246 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
15247
15248 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
15249
15250 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
15251 Toggle Msb mode.
15252 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
15253 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
15254 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15255
15256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15257
15258 ;;;***
15259 \f
15260 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
15261 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
15262 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15263 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15264 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15265 ;;;;;; (16259 31301))
15266 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15267
15268 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
15269 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
15270 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
15271 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
15272 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
15273 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
15274 set of ISO charsets.
15275
15276 Each element has the following format:
15277 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
15278
15279 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
15280
15281 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
15282 CHARSET are mapped.
15283
15284 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
15285 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
15286 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
15287 character code in CHARSET.
15288
15289 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
15290 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
15291 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
15292 or
15293 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
15294 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
15295 TO2, or...
15296 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
15297 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
15298
15299 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15300 Display a list of all character sets.
15301
15302 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
15303 internal Emacs use.
15304
15305 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
15306 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
15307 hexadecimal digits.
15308 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
15309 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
15310
15311 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15312 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15313 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15314 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15315
15316 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15317 but still shows the full information.
15318
15319 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15320
15321 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15322 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15323 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15324 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15325 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15326
15327 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15328 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15329 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15330 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15331 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15332
15333 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15334
15335 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15336 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15337 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15338 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15339 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15340
15341 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15342
15343 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15344 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15345
15346 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15347
15348 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15349 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15350
15351 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15352
15353 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15354 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15355
15356 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15357 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15358 in place of `..':
15359 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15360 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15361 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15362 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15363 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15364 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15365 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15366 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15367 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15368 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15369 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15370 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15371 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15372 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15373 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15374 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15375
15376 \(fn)" t nil)
15377
15378 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15379 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15380
15381 \(fn)" t nil)
15382
15383 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15384 Display a list of all coding systems.
15385 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15386
15387 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15388 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15389
15390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15391
15392 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15393 Display a list of all coding categories.
15394
15395 \(fn)" nil nil)
15396
15397 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15398 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15399
15400 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15401
15402 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15403 Display information about FONTSET.
15404 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15405
15406 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15407
15408 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15409 Display a list of all fontsets.
15410 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15411 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15412 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15413
15414 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15415
15416 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15417 Display information about all input methods.
15418
15419 \(fn)" t nil)
15420
15421 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15422 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15423
15424 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15425 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15426 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15427 system which uses fontsets).
15428
15429 \(fn)" t nil)
15430
15431 ;;;***
15432 \f
15433 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
15434 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15435 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15436 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15437 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15438 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (16211 37839))
15439 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15440
15441 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15442 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15443 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15444
15445 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15446
15447 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15448
15449 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15450 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15451
15452 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15453 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15454
15455 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15456 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15457
15458 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15459
15460 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15461 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15462 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15463 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15464 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15465 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15466 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15467
15468 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15469 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15470 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15471 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15472 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15473 middle of a character in STR.
15474
15475 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15476 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15477
15478 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15479 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15480 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15481 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15482 defaults to \"...\".
15483
15484 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15485
15486 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15487
15488 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15489
15490 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15491 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15492
15493 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15494 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15495 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15496
15497 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15498 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15499 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15500
15501 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15502 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15503 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15504 is considered.
15505 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15506 longer than KEYSEQ.
15507 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15508
15509 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15510
15511 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15512 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15513 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15514 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15515 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15516 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15517 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15518 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15519 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15520 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15521 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15522
15523 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15524
15525 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15526 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15527
15528 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15529
15530 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15531 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15532
15533 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15534
15535 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15536 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15537
15538 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15539
15540 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15541 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15542
15543 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15544
15545 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15546 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15547 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15548 or one is an alias of the other.
15549
15550 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15551
15552 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15553 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15554 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15555 coding systems ordered by priority.
15556
15557 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15558
15559 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15560 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15561 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15562 language environment LANG-ENV.
15563
15564 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15565
15566 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
15567 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
15568 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
15569 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
15570 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
15571 basis, this may not be accurate.
15572
15573 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15574
15575 ;;;***
15576 \f
15577 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15578 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
15579 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15580
15581 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15582 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15583 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15584 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15585 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15586
15587 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15588
15589 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15590 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15591 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15592 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15593
15594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15595
15596 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15597 Enable mouse wheel support.
15598
15599 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15600
15601 ;;;***
15602 \f
15603 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15604 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15605 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15606 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16211 27037))
15607 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15608
15609 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15610 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15611
15612 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15613
15614 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15615 Ping HOST.
15616 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15617 `ping-program-options'.
15618
15619 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15620
15621 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15622 Run ipconfig program.
15623
15624 \(fn)" t nil)
15625
15626 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15627
15628 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15629 Run netstat program.
15630
15631 \(fn)" t nil)
15632
15633 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15634 Run the arp program.
15635
15636 \(fn)" t nil)
15637
15638 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15639 Run the route program.
15640
15641 \(fn)" t nil)
15642
15643 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15644 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15645
15646 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15647
15648 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15649 Run nslookup program.
15650
15651 \(fn)" t nil)
15652
15653 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15654 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15655
15656 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15657
15658 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15659 Run dig program.
15660
15661 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15662
15663 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15664 Run ftp program.
15665
15666 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15667
15668 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15669 Finger USER on HOST.
15670
15671 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15672
15673 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15674 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15675 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15676 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15677
15678 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15679
15680 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15681 Not documented
15682
15683 \(fn)" t nil)
15684
15685 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15686 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15687
15688 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15689
15690 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15691 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15692
15693 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15694
15695 ;;;***
15696 \f
15697 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15698 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15699 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15700 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15701 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16281 48394))
15702 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15703
15704 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15705
15706 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15707
15708 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15709
15710 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15711
15712 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15713 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15714 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15715 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15716 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15717 Major modes should set this variable.")
15718
15719 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15720 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15721 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15722 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15723 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15724 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15725
15726 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15727
15728 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15729 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15730
15731 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15732 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15733 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15734 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15735
15736 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15737 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15738
15739 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15740 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15741 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15742
15743 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15744 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15745 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15746 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15747 column indentation or nil.
15748 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15749
15750 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15751 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15752 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15753
15754 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15755
15756 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15757 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15758 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15759 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15760
15761 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15762 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15763
15764 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15765
15766 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15767 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15768 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15769
15770 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15771
15772 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15773 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15774 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15775 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15776 the variables are properly set.
15777
15778 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15779
15780 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15781 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15782
15783 \(fn)" nil nil)
15784
15785 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15786 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15787 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15788
15789 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15790
15791 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15792 Set the comment column based on point.
15793 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15794 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15795 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15796 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15797
15798 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15799
15800 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15801 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15802 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15803
15804 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15805
15806 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15807 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15808 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15809 comment markers.
15810
15811 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15812
15813 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15814 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15815 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15816 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15817 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15818 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15819 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15820 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15821
15822 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15823 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15824
15825 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15826
15827 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15828 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15829 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15830 is passed on to the respective function.
15831
15832 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15833
15834 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15835 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15836 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15837 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15838 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15839 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15840 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15841 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15842
15843 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15844
15845 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15846 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15847 This indents the body of the continued comment
15848 under the previous comment line.
15849
15850 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15851 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15852 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15853
15854 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15855 or comment indentation.
15856
15857 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15858 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15859
15860 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15861
15862 ;;;***
15863 \f
15864 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (16211
15865 ;;;;;; 27028))
15866 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15867
15868 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15869 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15870 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15871 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15872 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15873 symbol in the alist.
15874
15875 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15876
15877 ;;;***
15878 \f
15879 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15880 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15881 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15882
15883 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15884 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15885 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15886
15887 \(fn)" t nil)
15888
15889 ;;;***
15890 \f
15891 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15892 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15894
15895 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15896 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15897 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15898
15899 \(fn)" t nil)
15900
15901 ;;;***
15902 \f
15903 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15904 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15906
15907 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15908 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15909
15910 \(fn)" t nil)
15911
15912 ;;;***
15913 \f
15914 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15915 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (16211 27029))
15916 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15917
15918 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15919 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15920
15921 \(fn)" t nil)
15922
15923 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15924 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15925
15926 \(fn)" t nil)
15927
15928 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15929 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15930
15931 \(fn)" t nil)
15932
15933 ;;;***
15934 \f
15935 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15936 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (16211 27017))
15937 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15938
15939 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15940 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15941 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15942
15943 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15944 Not documented
15945
15946 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15947
15948 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15949 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15950 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15951 to future sessions.
15952
15953 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15954
15955 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15956 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15957 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15958 to future sessions.
15959
15960 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15961
15962 ;;;***
15963 \f
15964 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15965 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
15966 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15967
15968 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15969 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15970 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15971 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15972 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15973 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
15974
15975 \(fn)" t nil)
15976
15977 ;;;***
15978 \f
15979 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15980 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
15981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15982
15983 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15984 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15985 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15986 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15987 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15988
15989 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15990
15991 ;;;***
15992 \f
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15994 ;;;;;; (16288 23099))
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15996
15997 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15998 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15999 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
16000
16001 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
16002
16003 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
16004 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
16005
16006 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
16007 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
16008 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
16009
16010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16011
16012 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
16013
16014 ;;;***
16015 \f
16016 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
16017 ;;;;;; (16281 48394))
16018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
16019
16020 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
16021 Major mode for editing Octave code.
16022
16023 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
16024 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
16025 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
16026 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
16027
16028 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
16029 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
16030 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
16031 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
16032 is why you need this mode!).
16033
16034 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
16035 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
16036 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
16037
16038 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
16039
16040 Keybindings
16041 ===========
16042
16043 \\{octave-mode-map}
16044
16045 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
16046 ==============================================
16047
16048 octave-auto-indent
16049 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
16050 Default is nil.
16051
16052 octave-auto-newline
16053 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
16054 Default is nil.
16055
16056 octave-blink-matching-block
16057 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
16058 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
16059
16060 octave-block-offset
16061 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
16062 Default is 2.
16063
16064 octave-continuation-offset
16065 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
16066 Default is 4.
16067
16068 octave-continuation-string
16069 String used for Octave continuation lines.
16070 Default is a backslash.
16071
16072 octave-mode-startup-message
16073 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
16074 Default is t.
16075
16076 octave-send-echo-input
16077 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
16078 command to the inferior Octave process.
16079
16080 octave-send-line-auto-forward
16081 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
16082 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
16083
16084 octave-send-echo-input
16085 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
16086
16087 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
16088
16089 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
16090 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
16091
16092 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
16093 (setq auto-mode-alist
16094 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
16095
16096 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
16097 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
16098
16099 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
16100 (lambda ()
16101 (abbrev-mode 1)
16102 (auto-fill-mode 1)
16103 (if (eq window-system 'x)
16104 (font-lock-mode 1))))
16105
16106 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
16107 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
16108 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
16109 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
16110
16111 \(fn)" t nil)
16112
16113 ;;;***
16114 \f
16115 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
16116 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
16117 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
16118
16119 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
16120 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
16121 It is now better to use Customize instead.
16122
16123 \(fn)" t nil)
16124
16125 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
16126 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
16127 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
16128 in which there are commands to set the option values.
16129 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
16130
16131 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
16132
16133 \(fn)" t nil)
16134
16135 ;;;***
16136 \f
16137 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
16138 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
16139 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
16140
16141 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
16142 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
16143 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
16144 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
16145
16146 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
16147 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
16148 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
16149 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
16150
16151 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
16152 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
16153 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
16154 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
16155 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
16156 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
16157
16158 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
16159 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
16160 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
16161
16162 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
16163 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
16164 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
16165 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
16166 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
16167 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
16168 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
16169 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
16170 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
16171 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
16172 The subheadings remain visible.
16173 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
16174
16175 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
16176 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
16177 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
16178
16179 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
16180 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
16181
16182 \(fn)" t nil)
16183
16184 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
16185 Toggle Outline minor mode.
16186 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16187 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
16188
16189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16190
16191 ;;;***
16192 \f
16193 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (16211 27017))
16194 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
16195
16196 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
16197 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
16198 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16199 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16200 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
16201
16202 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
16203
16204 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
16205 Toggle Show Paren mode.
16206 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16207 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
16208
16209 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
16210 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
16211
16212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16213
16214 ;;;***
16215 \f
16216 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
16217 ;;;;;; (16243 59668))
16218 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
16219
16220 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
16221 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
16222 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
16223 unknown are returned as nil.
16224
16225 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16226
16227 ;;;***
16228 \f
16229 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (16211
16230 ;;;;;; 27039))
16231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
16232
16233 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
16234 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
16235 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16236
16237 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
16238 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
16239
16240 Other useful functions are:
16241
16242 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
16243 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
16244 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
16245 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
16246 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
16247 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
16248 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
16249 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
16250 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
16251
16252 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
16253
16254 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
16255 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
16256 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
16257 Indentation for case statements.
16258 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
16259 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
16260 mark after an end.
16261 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
16262 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
16263 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
16264 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
16265 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16266 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
16267 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
16268 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
16269 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
16270 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
16271
16272 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
16273 pascal-separator-keywords.
16274
16275 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
16276 no args, if that value is non-nil.
16277
16278 \(fn)" t nil)
16279
16280 ;;;***
16281 \f
16282 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
16283 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
16284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
16285
16286 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
16287 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
16288 The keys affected are:
16289 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
16290 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
16291 M-Backspace does undo.
16292 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
16293 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
16294 C-Escape does list-buffers.
16295
16296 \(fn)" t nil)
16297
16298 ;;;***
16299 \f
16300 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
16301 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (16211 27026))
16302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
16303
16304 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16305 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
16306 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16308 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
16309
16310 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16311
16312 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
16313 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
16314
16315 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16316
16317 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
16318 which modify the status of the mark.
16319
16320 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
16321 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
16322
16323 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
16324 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
16325
16326 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16327 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16328 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16329 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16330 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16331
16332 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16333 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16334
16335 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16336 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16337 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16338
16339 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16340 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16341 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16342
16343 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16344 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16345
16346 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16347 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16348 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16349
16350 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16351 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16352 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16353
16354 F6 other-window
16355 DELETE delete-char
16356 C-DELETE kill-line
16357 M-DELETE kill-word
16358 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16359 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16360 M-BACKSPACE undo
16361
16362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16363
16364 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16365 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16366 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16367 and cursor movement commands.
16368 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16369 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16370
16371 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16372
16373 ;;;***
16374 \f
16375 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (16211
16376 ;;;;;; 27017))
16377 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16378
16379 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16380 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16381
16382 \(fn)" nil nil)
16383
16384 ;;;***
16385 \f
16386 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16387 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (16211 27017))
16388 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16389
16390 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16391 Completion for `gzip'.
16392
16393 \(fn)" nil nil)
16394
16395 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16396 Completion for `bzip2'.
16397
16398 \(fn)" nil nil)
16399
16400 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16401 Completion for GNU `make'.
16402
16403 \(fn)" nil nil)
16404
16405 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16406 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16407
16408 \(fn)" nil nil)
16409
16410 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16411
16412 ;;;***
16413 \f
16414 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16415 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (16211 27017))
16416 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16417
16418 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16419 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16420
16421 \(fn)" nil nil)
16422
16423 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16424 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16425
16426 \(fn)" nil nil)
16427
16428 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16429 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16430
16431 \(fn)" nil nil)
16432
16433 ;;;***
16434 \f
16435 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (16211
16436 ;;;;;; 27017))
16437 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16438
16439 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16440 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16441 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16442 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16443 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16444 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16445
16446 \(fn)" nil nil)
16447
16448 ;;;***
16449 \f
16450 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16451 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16452 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (16211 27017))
16453 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16454
16455 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16456 Completion for `cd'.
16457
16458 \(fn)" nil nil)
16459
16460 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16461
16462 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16463 Completion for `rmdir'.
16464
16465 \(fn)" nil nil)
16466
16467 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16468 Completion for `rm'.
16469
16470 \(fn)" nil nil)
16471
16472 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16473 Completion for `xargs'.
16474
16475 \(fn)" nil nil)
16476
16477 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16478
16479 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16480 Completion for `which'.
16481
16482 \(fn)" nil nil)
16483
16484 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16485 Completion for the `chown' command.
16486
16487 \(fn)" nil nil)
16488
16489 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16490 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16491
16492 \(fn)" nil nil)
16493
16494 ;;;***
16495 \f
16496 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16497 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16498 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (16211
16499 ;;;;;; 27017))
16500 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16501
16502 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16503 Support extensible programmable completion.
16504 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16505 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16506
16507 \(fn)" t nil)
16508
16509 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16510 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16511
16512 \(fn)" t nil)
16513
16514 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16515 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16516 This will modify the current buffer.
16517
16518 \(fn)" t nil)
16519
16520 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16521 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16522
16523 \(fn)" t nil)
16524
16525 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16526 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16527 This will modify the current buffer.
16528
16529 \(fn)" t nil)
16530
16531 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16532 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16533
16534 \(fn)" t nil)
16535
16536 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16537 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16538
16539 \(fn)" t nil)
16540
16541 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16542 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16543 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16544 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16545 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16546
16547 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16548
16549 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16550 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16551
16552 \(fn)" nil nil)
16553
16554 ;;;***
16555 \f
16556 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16557 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16558 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16248 17500))
16559 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16560
16561 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16562 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16563 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16564 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16565
16566 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16567
16568 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16569
16570 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16571 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16572 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16573 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16574 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16575 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16576 FLAGS is ignored.
16577
16578 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16579
16580 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16581 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16582 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16583 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16584 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16585 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16586 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16587 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16588
16589 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16590
16591 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16592 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16593 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16594 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16595 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16596 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16597 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16598 passed to cvs.
16599
16600 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16601
16602 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16603 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16604 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16605 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16606 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16607 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16608 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16609
16610 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16611
16612 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16613
16614 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16615 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16616 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16617
16618 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16619
16620 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16621 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16622 nil means never do it.
16623 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16624 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16625 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16626
16627 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16628
16629 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16630 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16631 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16632
16633 ;;;***
16634 \f
16635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16211 27018))
16636 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16637
16638 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16639
16640 ;;;***
16641 \f
16642 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16643 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16645
16646 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16647 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16648 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16649 Tab indents for Perl code.
16650 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16651 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16652 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16653 \\{perl-mode-map}
16654 Variables controlling indentation style:
16655 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16656 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16657 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16658 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16659 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16660 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16661 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16662 `perl-nochange'
16663 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16664 `perl-indent-level'
16665 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16666 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16667 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16668 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16669 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16670 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16671 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16672 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16673 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16674 `perl-brace-offset'
16675 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16676 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16677 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16678 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16679 `perl-label-offset'
16680 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16681 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16682 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16683
16684 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16685 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16686 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16687 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16688 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16689 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16690 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16691
16692 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16693
16694 \(fn)" t nil)
16695
16696 ;;;***
16697 \f
16698 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16699 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16701
16702 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16703 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16704 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16705 afterwards settable by these commands:
16706 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16707 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16708 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16709 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16710 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16711 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16712 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16713 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16714 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16715 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16716 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16717 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16718 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16719 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16720 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16721 with these commands:
16722 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16723 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16724 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16725 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16726 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16727 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16728 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16729 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16730 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16731 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16732 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16733 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16734 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16735 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16736 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16737 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16738 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16739 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16740 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16741 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16742 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16743 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16744 text is saved in the kill ring.
16745 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16746 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16747 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16748 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16749 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16750 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16751 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16752 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16753 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16754 commands if invoked soon enough.
16755 You can return to the previous mode with:
16756 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16757 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16758
16759 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16760
16761 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16762 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16763
16764 \(fn)" t nil)
16765
16766 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16767
16768 ;;;***
16769 \f
16770 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16771 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
16772 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16773
16774 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16775 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16776 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16777
16778 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16779
16780 ;;;***
16781 \f
16782 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (16211 27038))
16783 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16784
16785 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16786 Play pong and waste time.
16787 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16788 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16789
16790 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16791
16792 \\{pong-mode-map}
16793
16794 \(fn)" t nil)
16795
16796 ;;;***
16797 \f
16798 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16799 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (16211 27026))
16800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16801
16802 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16803 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16804 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16805 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16806
16807 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16808
16809 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16810 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16811 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16812 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16813 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16814
16815 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16816
16817 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16818 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16819 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16820 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16821 in the variable `values'.
16822
16823 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16824
16825 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16826 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16827 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16828 Ignores leading comment characters.
16829
16830 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16831
16832 ;;;***
16833 \f
16834 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16835 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16836 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16837 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16838 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16839 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16840 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16841 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16842 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16843 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16844 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16845 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16846 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16847 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16848 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16849 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16850 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16851 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16852 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
16853 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16854
16855 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16856 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16857
16858 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16859
16860 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16861
16862 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16863
16864 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16865 Preview directory using ghostview.
16866
16867 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16868 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16869 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16870 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16871
16872 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16873 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16874 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16875 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16876 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16877 file name.
16878
16879 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16880
16881 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16882
16883 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16884 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16885
16886 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16887 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16888 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16889 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16890
16891 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16892 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16893 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16894 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16895 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16896 file name.
16897
16898 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16899
16900 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16901
16902 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16903 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16904
16905 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16906 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16907 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16908 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16909
16910 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16911 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16912 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16913 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16914 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16915 file name.
16916
16917 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16918
16919 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16920
16921 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16922 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16923
16924 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16925
16926 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16927 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16928 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16929 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16930
16931 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16932 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16933 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16934 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16935 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16936 file name.
16937
16938 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16939
16940 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16941
16942 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16943 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16944
16945 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16946 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16947 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16948
16949 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16950 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16951 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16952 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16953
16954 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16955
16956 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16957 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16958
16959 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16960 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16961 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16962
16963 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16964 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16965 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16966 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16967
16968 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16969
16970 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16971 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16972
16973 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16974 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16975 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16976
16977 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16978 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16979 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16980 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16981
16982 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16983
16984 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
16985 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16986
16987 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16988
16989 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16990 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16991 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16992
16993 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16994 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16995 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16996 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16997
16998 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16999
17000 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
17001 Preview region using ghostview.
17002
17003 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
17004
17005 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17006
17007 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17008 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
17009
17010 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
17011
17012 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17013
17014 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
17015 Print region using PostScript printer.
17016
17017 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
17018
17019 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17020
17021 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
17022 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
17023
17024 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
17025
17026 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17027
17028 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
17029 Preview major mode using ghostview.
17030
17031 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
17032
17033 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17034
17035 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17036 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
17037
17038 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
17039
17040 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17041
17042 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
17043 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
17044
17045 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
17046
17047 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17048
17049 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
17050 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
17051
17052 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
17053
17054 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17055
17056 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
17057 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
17058 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17059 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17060
17061 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17062 matching.
17063
17064 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17065 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17066
17067 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17068
17069 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17070
17071 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
17072 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
17073 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17074 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17075
17076 \(fn)" t nil)
17077
17078 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
17079 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
17080 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17081 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17082
17083 \(fn)" t nil)
17084
17085 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
17086 Print directory using text printer.
17087
17088 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17089 matching.
17090
17091 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17092 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17093
17094 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17095
17096 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17097
17098 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
17099 Print buffer using text printer.
17100
17101 \(fn)" t nil)
17102
17103 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
17104 Print region using text printer.
17105
17106 \(fn)" t nil)
17107
17108 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
17109 Print major mode using text printer.
17110
17111 \(fn)" t nil)
17112
17113 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
17114 Preview spooled PostScript.
17115
17116 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17117 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17118 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17119
17120 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17121 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
17122 PostScript image in a file with that name.
17123
17124 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17125
17126 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17127 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
17128
17129 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17130 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17131 instead of sending it to the printer.
17132
17133 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17134 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17135 image in a file with that name.
17136
17137 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17138
17139 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
17140 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17141
17142 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17143 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17144 instead of sending it to the printer.
17145
17146 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17147 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17148 image in a file with that name.
17149
17150 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17151
17152 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
17153 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17154
17155 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17156 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17157 instead of sending it to the printer.
17158
17159 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17160 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17161 image in a file with that name.
17162
17163 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17164
17165 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
17166 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17167
17168 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17169
17170 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
17171 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17172
17173 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17174
17175 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17176 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
17177
17178 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17179
17180 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
17181 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
17182
17183 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17184
17185 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
17186 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17187
17188 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17189
17190 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
17191 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
17192
17193 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
17194 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17195 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
17196 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17197
17198 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17199 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
17200 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
17201 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
17202 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
17203 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
17204 file name.
17205
17206 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17207
17208 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
17209 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
17210
17211 \(fn)" t nil)
17212
17213 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
17214 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
17215
17216 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17217 right.
17218 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17219 bottom.
17220
17221 \(fn)" t nil)
17222
17223 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
17224 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
17225
17226 \(fn)" t nil)
17227
17228 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17229 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
17230
17231 \(fn)" t nil)
17232
17233 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
17234 Toggle printing with faces.
17235
17236 \(fn)" t nil)
17237
17238 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
17239 Toggle spooling.
17240
17241 \(fn)" t nil)
17242
17243 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
17244 Toggle duplex.
17245
17246 \(fn)" t nil)
17247
17248 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
17249 Toggle tumble.
17250
17251 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17252 right.
17253 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17254 bottom.
17255
17256 \(fn)" t nil)
17257
17258 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
17259 Toggle landscape.
17260
17261 \(fn)" t nil)
17262
17263 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
17264 Toggle upside-down.
17265
17266 \(fn)" t nil)
17267
17268 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
17269 Toggle line number.
17270
17271 \(fn)" t nil)
17272
17273 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
17274 Toggle zebra stripes.
17275
17276 \(fn)" t nil)
17277
17278 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
17279 Toggle printing header.
17280
17281 \(fn)" t nil)
17282
17283 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
17284 Toggle printing header frame.
17285
17286 \(fn)" t nil)
17287
17288 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
17289 Toggle menu lock.
17290
17291 \(fn)" t nil)
17292
17293 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
17294 Toggle auto region.
17295
17296 \(fn)" t nil)
17297
17298 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
17299 Toggle auto mode.
17300
17301 \(fn)" t nil)
17302
17303 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
17304 Customization of `printing' group.
17305
17306 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17307
17308 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
17309 Customization of `lpr' group.
17310
17311 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17312
17313 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
17314 Help for printing package.
17315
17316 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17317
17318 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
17319 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
17320
17321 \(fn)" t nil)
17322
17323 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
17324 Select interactively a text printer.
17325
17326 \(fn)" t nil)
17327
17328 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
17329 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
17330
17331 \(fn)" t nil)
17332
17333 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
17334 Show current ps-print settings.
17335
17336 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17337
17338 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
17339 Show current printing settings.
17340
17341 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17342
17343 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
17344 Show current lpr settings.
17345
17346 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17347
17348 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17349 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
17350
17351 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17352 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17353 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17354 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
17355
17356
17357 Interactively, you have the following situations:
17358
17359 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17360 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
17361 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
17362
17363 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17364 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17365 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
17366 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
17367 current active printer.
17368
17369 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17370 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
17371 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17372 printer.
17373
17374 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17375 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
17376 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
17377 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
17378 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17379
17380
17381 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
17382 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
17383
17384 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
17385
17386 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
17387 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
17388 be done using the new current active printer.
17389
17390 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
17391 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17392 printer.
17393
17394 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
17395 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
17396 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
17397 instead of sending it to the printer.
17398
17399 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
17400 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17401 printer.
17402
17403 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
17404
17405
17406 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17407 are both set to t.
17408
17409 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17410
17411 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17412 Fast fire function for text printing.
17413
17414 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17415 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17416 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17417 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17418
17419 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17420 user for a new active text printer.
17421
17422 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17423
17424 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17425
17426 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17427 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17428 printer.
17429
17430 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17431
17432 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17433 are both set to t.
17434
17435 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17436
17437 ;;;***
17438 \f
17439 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17440 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
17441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17442
17443 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17444 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17445 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17446 Commands:
17447 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17448 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17449 if that value is non-nil.
17450
17451 \(fn)" t nil)
17452
17453 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17454 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17455
17456 \(fn)" t nil)
17457
17458 ;;;***
17459 \f
17460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16211 27018))
17461 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17462
17463 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17464 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17465 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17466
17467 ;;;***
17468 \f
17469 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16211
17470 ;;;;;; 27039))
17471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17472
17473 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17474 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17475
17476 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17477
17478 The following variables hold user options, and can
17479 be set through the `customize' command:
17480
17481 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17482 `ps-mode-tab'
17483 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17484 `ps-mode-print-function'
17485 `ps-run-prompt'
17486 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17487 `ps-run-x'
17488 `ps-run-dumb'
17489 `ps-run-init'
17490 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17491 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
17492
17493 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17494
17495
17496 \\{ps-mode-map}
17497
17498
17499 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17500 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17501 The keymap for this second window is:
17502
17503 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
17504
17505
17506 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17507 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17508 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17509 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17510 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17511
17512 \(fn)" t nil)
17513
17514 ;;;***
17515 \f
17516 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17517 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17518 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17519 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16211 27018))
17520 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17521
17522 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17523 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17524
17525 Valid values are:
17526
17527 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17528 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17529 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17530 changed by setting the variable
17531 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17532 The initial value of this variable is
17533 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17534 documentation).
17535
17536 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17537 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17538 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17539 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17540 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17541 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17542 test it.
17543
17544 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17545 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17546 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17547 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17548 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17549 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17550 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17551 use this value, be sure to have installed
17552 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17553 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17554 documentation of this variable).
17555
17556 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17557 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17558 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17559 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17560 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17561 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17562
17563 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17564
17565 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17566
17567 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17568 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17569 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17570
17571 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17572
17573 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17574 Not documented
17575
17576 \(fn)" nil nil)
17577
17578 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17579 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17580
17581 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17582
17583 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17584
17585 Returns the value:
17586
17587 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17588
17589 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17590 the sequence.
17591
17592 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17593
17594 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17595 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17596
17597 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17598 composition.
17599
17600 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17601
17602 Returns the value:
17603
17604 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17605
17606 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17607 the sequence.
17608
17609 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17610
17611 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17612 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17613
17614 \(fn)" nil nil)
17615
17616 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17617 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17618 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17619
17620 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17621
17622 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17623 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17624
17625 \(fn)" nil nil)
17626
17627 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17628 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17629 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17630
17631 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17632
17633 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17634 Not documented
17635
17636 \(fn)" nil nil)
17637
17638 ;;;***
17639 \f
17640 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17641 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17642 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17643 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17644 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17645 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16211
17646 ;;;;;; 27018))
17647 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17648
17649 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17650 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17651 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17652
17653 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17654
17655 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17656 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17657 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17658 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17659
17660 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17661
17662 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17663 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17664
17665 Valid values are:
17666
17667 nil Do not print colors.
17668
17669 t Print colors.
17670
17671 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17672 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17673
17674 Any other value is treated as t.")
17675
17676 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17677
17678 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17679 Customization of ps-print group.
17680
17681 \(fn)" t nil)
17682
17683 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17684 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17685
17686 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17687 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17688 sending it to the printer.
17689
17690 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17691 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17692 image in a file with that name.
17693
17694 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17695
17696 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17697 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17698 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17699 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17700 so it has a way to determine color values.
17701
17702 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17703
17704 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17705 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17706 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17707
17708 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17709
17710 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17711 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17712 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17713 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17714 so it has a way to determine color values.
17715
17716 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17717
17718 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17719 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17720 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17721 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17722
17723 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17724
17725 \(fn)" t nil)
17726
17727 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17728 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17729 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17730 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17731 so it has a way to determine color values.
17732
17733 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17734
17735 \(fn)" t nil)
17736
17737 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17738 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17739 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17740
17741 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17742
17743 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17744
17745 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17746 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17747 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17748 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17749 so it has a way to determine color values.
17750
17751 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17752
17753 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17754
17755 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17756 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17757
17758 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17759 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17760 instead of sending it to the printer.
17761
17762 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17763 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17764 image in a file with that name.
17765
17766 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17767
17768 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17769 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17770 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17771 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17772 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17773
17774 \(fn)" t nil)
17775
17776 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17777 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17778 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17779
17780 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17781
17782 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17783 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17784 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17785
17786 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17787
17788 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17789 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17790
17791 \(fn)" nil nil)
17792
17793 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17794 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17795
17796 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17797 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17798
17799 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17800 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17801
17802 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17803
17804 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17805
17806 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17807
17808 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17809 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17810
17811 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17812 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17813
17814 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17815 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17816
17817 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17818
17819 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17820
17821 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17822
17823 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17824 foreground and background colors respectively.
17825
17826 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17827 bold - use bold font.
17828 italic - use italic font.
17829 underline - put a line under text.
17830 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17831 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17832 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17833 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17834 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17835
17836 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17837
17838 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17839
17840 ;;;***
17841 \f
17842 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17843 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17844 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17845 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17846 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16303 32090))
17847 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17848
17849 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17850 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17851
17852 \(fn)" nil nil)
17853
17854 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17855 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17856 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17857
17858 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17859 `quail-activate', which see.
17860
17861 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17862
17863 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17864 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17865 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17866 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17867 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17868 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17869 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17870
17871 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17872 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17873 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17874 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17875 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17876 shown.
17877 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17878
17879 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17880 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17881 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17882 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17883 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17884 list of candidates.
17885
17886 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17887 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17888 command to be called.
17889
17890 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17891 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17892 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17893 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17894
17895 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17896 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17897 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17898 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17899 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17900 to t.
17901
17902 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17903 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17904 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17905 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17906
17907 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17908 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17909 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17910 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17911
17912 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17913 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17914 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17915 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17916 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17917 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17918
17919 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17920 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17921 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17922 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17923 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17924 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17925
17926 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17927 covers Quail translation region.
17928
17929 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17930 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17931 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17932 for it) is inserted.
17933
17934 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17935 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17936 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17937
17938 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17939 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17940 non-Quail commands.
17941
17942 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17943
17944 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17945 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17946
17947 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17948 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17949 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17950 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17951 you type is correctly handled.
17952
17953 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17954
17955 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17956 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17957
17958 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17959 keyboard type.
17960
17961 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17962
17963 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17964 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17965 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17966 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17967 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17968 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17969 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17970 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17971 for the translation.
17972 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17973
17974 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17975 it is used to handle KEY.
17976
17977 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17978 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17979 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17980 the following annotation types are supported.
17981
17982 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
17983 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
17984
17985 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
17986 candidate list.
17987
17988 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
17989 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
17990 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
17991 inserted.
17992
17993 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
17994 generated for the following translations.
17995
17996 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
17997
17998 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
17999 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
18000
18001 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
18002 which to install MAP.
18003
18004 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
18005
18006 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
18007
18008 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
18009 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
18010
18011 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
18012 which to install MAP.
18013
18014 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
18015
18016 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
18017
18018 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
18019 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
18020 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
18021 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
18022 a function, or a cons.
18023 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
18024 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
18025 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
18026 for the translation.
18027 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
18028 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
18029 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
18030 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
18031 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
18032
18033 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
18034 it is used to handle KEY.
18035
18036 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
18037 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
18038 current Quail package.
18039
18040 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
18041 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
18042
18043 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
18044
18045 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
18046 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
18047
18048 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
18049 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
18050
18051 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
18052
18053 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
18054 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
18055
18056 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
18057
18058 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
18059 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
18060 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
18061 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
18062 of the Emacs source tree.
18063
18064 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
18065 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
18066
18067 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
18068 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
18069 of each directory.
18070
18071 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
18072
18073 ;;;***
18074 \f
18075 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
18076 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
18077 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (16211
18078 ;;;;;; 27037))
18079 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
18080
18081 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
18082 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
18083 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
18084 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
18085
18086 To make use of this do something like:
18087
18088 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
18089
18090 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
18091
18092 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
18093 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
18094
18095 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
18096 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18097 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18098
18099 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18100
18101 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
18102 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
18103
18104 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18105
18106 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
18107 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
18108
18109 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
18110 is decided.
18111
18112 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
18113
18114 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
18115 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
18116
18117 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
18118 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18119 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18120
18121 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18122
18123 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
18124 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
18125
18126 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18127
18128 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
18129 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
18130
18131 \(fn)" t nil)
18132
18133 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
18134 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
18135
18136 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
18137
18138 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
18139
18140 \(fn)" t nil)
18141
18142 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
18143 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
18144
18145 \(fn)" t nil)
18146
18147 ;;;***
18148 \f
18149 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (16211
18150 ;;;;;; 27037))
18151 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
18152
18153 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
18154 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
18155 See \\[compile].
18156
18157 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
18158
18159 ;;;***
18160 \f
18161 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
18162 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
18163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
18164
18165 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
18166 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
18167
18168 \(fn)" t nil)
18169
18170 ;;;***
18171 \f
18172 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16246 40636))
18173 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
18174
18175 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
18176 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
18177 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18178 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18179 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
18180
18181 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
18182
18183 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
18184 Toggle recentf mode.
18185 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18186 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18187
18188 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
18189 that were operated on recently.
18190
18191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18192
18193 ;;;***
18194 \f
18195 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
18196 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
18197 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
18198 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (16211
18199 ;;;;;; 27018))
18200 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
18201
18202 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
18203 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
18204 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
18205 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
18206
18207 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
18208
18209 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
18210
18211 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
18212 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
18213 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
18214 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
18215 ends.
18216
18217 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18218 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
18219 to be deleted.
18220
18221 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18222
18223 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18224 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18225 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18226
18227 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18228 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18229 deleted.
18230
18231 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
18232
18233 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18234 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18235 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18236
18237 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
18238
18239 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
18240 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
18241
18242 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18243 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
18244
18245 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18246 deleted.
18247
18248 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18249
18250 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
18251 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
18252
18253 \(fn)" t nil)
18254
18255 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18256 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
18257 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
18258 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
18259 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
18260 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
18261 and point is at the lower right corner.
18262
18263 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
18264
18265 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
18266 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18267
18268 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
18269 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
18270
18271 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18272 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
18273 on the right side of the rectangle.
18274
18275 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18276
18277 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
18278
18279 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
18280 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
18281 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
18282 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
18283 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
18284
18285 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18286 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
18287
18288 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18289
18290 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
18291 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
18292 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
18293
18294 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
18295
18296 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18297
18298 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
18299
18300 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18301 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18302
18303 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18304 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
18305 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
18306
18307 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18308
18309 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
18310 Blank out the region-rectangle.
18311 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
18312
18313 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18314 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
18315 rectangle which were empty.
18316
18317 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18318
18319 ;;;***
18320 \f
18321 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16211
18322 ;;;;;; 27044))
18323 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
18324
18325 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
18326 Toggle Refill minor mode.
18327 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
18328
18329 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
18330 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
18331 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
18332
18333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18334
18335 ;;;***
18336 \f
18337 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
18338 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16211 27044))
18339 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
18340
18341 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
18342 Turn on RefTeX mode.
18343
18344 \(fn)" nil nil)
18345
18346 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
18347 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
18348
18349 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
18350 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
18351
18352 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
18353 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
18354 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
18355 \\ref macro.
18356
18357 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
18358 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
18359 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
18360
18361 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
18362 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
18363 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
18364
18365 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
18366 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
18367
18368 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
18369 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
18370
18371 \\{reftex-mode-map}
18372 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
18373 on the menu bar.
18374
18375 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18376
18377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18378
18379 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
18380 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
18381 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
18382
18383 \(fn)" nil nil)
18384
18385 ;;;***
18386 \f
18387 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
18388 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
18389 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
18390
18391 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
18392 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
18393 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
18394 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
18395 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
18396 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
18397
18398 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
18399
18400 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
18401
18402 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
18403 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
18404 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
18405 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
18406
18407 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
18408 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
18409 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
18410 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18411
18412 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18413
18414 ;;;***
18415 \f
18416 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18417 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
18418 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18419
18420 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18421 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18422 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18423
18424 To insert new phrases, use
18425 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18426 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18427
18428 To index phrases use one of:
18429
18430 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18431 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18432 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18433 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18434 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18435
18436 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18437 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18438
18439 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18440
18441 Here are all local bindings.
18442
18443 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18444
18445 \(fn)" t nil)
18446
18447 ;;;***
18448 \f
18449 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18450 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
18452
18453 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
18454 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
18455 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
18456 of master file.
18457
18458 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
18459
18460 ;;;***
18461 \f
18462 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18463 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
18464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18465
18466 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18467 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18468 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18469 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18470 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18471 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18472
18473 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18474 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18475
18476 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18477 by \\=\\< and \\>.
18478
18479 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18480
18481 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18482 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18483 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18484 in REGEXP.
18485
18486 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18487
18488 ;;;***
18489 \f
18490 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (16211 27018))
18491 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18492
18493 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18494 Repeat most recently executed command.
18495 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18496 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18497 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18498
18499 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18500 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18501 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18502
18503 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18504
18505 ;;;***
18506 \f
18507 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18508 ;;;;;; (16211 27034))
18509 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18510
18511 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18512 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18513
18514 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18515 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18516 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18517 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18518 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18519 and point is left after the salutation.
18520
18521 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18522 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18523 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18524 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18525 left after that text.
18526
18527 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18528 is non-nil.
18529
18530 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18531 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18532 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18533 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18534
18535 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18536
18537 ;;;***
18538 \f
18539 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18540 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
18541 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18542
18543 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18544 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18545 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18546 visibility of comments that precede it.
18547 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18548 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18549 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18550 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18551 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18552 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18553 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18554 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18555 the comment lines.
18556 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18557 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18558 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18559 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18560 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18561
18562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18563 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18564
18565 ;;;***
18566 \f
18567 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (16211
18568 ;;;;;; 27018))
18569 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18570
18571 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18572 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18573
18574 \(fn)" nil nil)
18575
18576 ;;;***
18577 \f
18578 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18579 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
18580 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18581
18582 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18583 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18584 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18585
18586 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18587 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18588 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18589
18590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18591
18592 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18593 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18594 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18596 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18597
18598 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18599
18600 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18601 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18602 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18603
18604 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18605 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18606 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18607
18608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18609
18610 ;;;***
18611 \f
18612 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18613 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18614 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18616
18617 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18618 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18619 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18620 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18621 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18622
18623 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18624
18625 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18626 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18627 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18628 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18629 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18630
18631 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18632
18633 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18634 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18635 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18636 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18637 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18638
18639 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18640
18641 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18642 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18643 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18644 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18645 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18646 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18647 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18648
18649 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18650 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18651
18652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18653
18654 ;;;***
18655 \f
18656 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18657 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
18658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18659
18660 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18661 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18662
18663 \(fn X)" nil nil)
18664
18665 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18666 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18667
18668 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18669
18670 ;;;***
18671 \f
18672 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16211 27037))
18673 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18674 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18675
18676 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18677 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18678 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18679 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18680
18681 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18682
18683 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18684 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18685 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18686 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18687
18688 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18689 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18690
18691 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18692 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18693
18694 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18695 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18696 INPUT-ARGS.
18697
18698 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18699 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18700 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18701 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18702 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18703
18704 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18705 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18706 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18707 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18708
18709 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18710 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18711 variable.
18712
18713 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18714
18715 ;;;***
18716 \f
18717 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18718 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18719 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18720 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18721 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18722 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18723 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16296 8718))
18724 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18725
18726 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18727 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18728 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18729 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18730
18731 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18732
18733 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18734 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18735 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18736 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18737 value is the user's email address and name.)
18738 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18739
18740 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18741 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18742 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18743 which normally happens once for each message,
18744 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18745 To make a change in this variable take effect
18746 for a message that you have already viewed,
18747 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18748
18749 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18750
18751 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18752 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18753 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18754 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18755
18756 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18757
18758 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18759 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18760
18761 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18762
18763 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18764 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18765 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18766 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18767
18768 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18769
18770 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18771 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18772
18773 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18774
18775 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18776 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18777
18778 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18779
18780 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18781 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18782 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18783 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18784 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18785
18786 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18787
18788 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18789 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18790
18791 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18792
18793 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18794 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18795
18796 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18797
18798 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18799 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18800
18801 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18802
18803 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18804 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18805
18806 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18807
18808 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18809 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18810
18811 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18812 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18813
18814 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18815 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18816
18817 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18818
18819 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18820 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18821
18822 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18823 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18824 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18825 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18826
18827 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18828 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18829
18830 This is set to nil by default.")
18831
18832 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18833 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18834 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18835 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18836 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18837
18838 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18839
18840 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18841 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18842 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18843 It is called with no argument.")
18844
18845 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18846 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18847 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18848 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18849 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18850 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18851 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18852
18853 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18854 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18855 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18856 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18857 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18858 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18859
18860 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18861 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18862 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18863 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18864 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18865
18866 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18867 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18868 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18869 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18870 MSG is the message number,
18871 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18872 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18873
18874 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18875 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18876 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18877 this feature is required with `require'.")
18878
18879 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18880 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18881 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18882 the message is decoded as normal way.
18883
18884 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18885 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18886 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18887
18888 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18889 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18890 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18891
18892 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18893 Read and edit incoming mail.
18894 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18895 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18896 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18897
18898 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18899 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18900 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18901 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18902
18903 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18904
18905 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18906
18907 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18908 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18909 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18910 Instead, these commands are available:
18911
18912 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18913 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18914 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18915 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18916 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18917 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18918 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18919 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18920 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18921 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18922 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18923 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18924 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18925 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18926 till a deleted message is found.
18927 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18928 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18929 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18930 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18931 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18932 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18933 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18934 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18935 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18936 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18937 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18938 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18939 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18940 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18941 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18942 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18943 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18944 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18945 (label defaults to last one specified).
18946 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18947 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18948 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18949 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18950 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18951 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18952 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18953 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18954 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18955
18956 \(fn)" t nil)
18957
18958 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18959 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18960
18961 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18962
18963 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18964 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18965
18966 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18967
18968 ;;;***
18969 \f
18970 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18971 ;;;;;; (16211 27034))
18972 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18973
18974 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18975 Edit the contents of this message.
18976
18977 \(fn)" t nil)
18978
18979 ;;;***
18980 \f
18981 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
18982 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
18983 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (16211 27034))
18984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
18985
18986 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18987 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18988 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18989
18990 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18991
18992 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18993 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18994 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18995
18996 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18997
18998 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18999 Not documented
19000
19001 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
19002
19003 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
19004 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
19005 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
19006 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
19007 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
19008
19009 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
19010
19011 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
19012 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
19013 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
19014 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
19015 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
19016
19017 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
19018
19019 ;;;***
19020 \f
19021 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
19022 ;;;;;; (16211 27035))
19023 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
19024
19025 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
19026 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
19027 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
19028 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
19029
19030 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
19031
19032 ;;;***
19033 \f
19034 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
19035 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
19036 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (16211 27035))
19037 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
19038
19039 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
19040 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
19041 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
19042 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
19043 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
19044 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
19045 a file name as a string.")
19046
19047 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
19048
19049 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
19050 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
19051 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
19052 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
19053 buffer visiting that file.
19054 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
19055 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
19056
19057 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
19058 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19059
19060 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19061 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19062
19063 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
19064 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
19065
19066 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
19067
19068 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
19069 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
19070
19071 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
19072
19073 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
19074 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
19075 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19076 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19077 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
19078
19079 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
19080 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
19081 will be appended with their original headers.
19082
19083 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
19084 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19085
19086 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
19087 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
19088
19089 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
19090
19091 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
19092
19093 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
19094 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
19095 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
19096
19097 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
19098
19099 ;;;***
19100 \f
19101 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
19102 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
19103 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (16211
19104 ;;;;;; 27036))
19105 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
19106
19107 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
19108 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
19109 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19110
19111 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19112
19113 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
19114 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
19115 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19116
19117 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19118
19119 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
19120 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
19121 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19122
19123 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19124
19125 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
19126 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
19127 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19128
19129 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19130
19131 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
19132 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
19133 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19134
19135 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19136
19137 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
19138 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
19139 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19140
19141 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19142
19143 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
19144 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
19145 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19146 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
19147
19148 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
19149
19150 ;;;***
19151 \f
19152 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
19153 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
19154 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
19155 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
19156 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16292 22309))
19157 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
19158
19159 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
19160 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
19161
19162 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
19163
19164 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
19165 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
19166
19167 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
19168
19169 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
19170 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
19171
19172 \(fn)" t nil)
19173
19174 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
19175 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
19176 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
19177
19178 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
19179
19180 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
19181 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
19182 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
19183 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19184 only look in the To and From fields.
19185 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19186
19187 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
19188
19189 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
19190 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
19191 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
19192 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
19193 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
19194
19195 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
19196
19197 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
19198 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
19199 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
19200 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19201 look in the whole message.
19202 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19203
19204 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
19205
19206 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
19207 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
19208 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
19209
19210 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
19211
19212 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
19213 *Function to decode summary-line.
19214
19215 By default, `identity' is set.")
19216
19217 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
19218
19219 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
19220 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
19221 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
19222 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
19223 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
19224 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
19225 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
19226
19227 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
19228 sent by you under different user names.
19229 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
19230
19231 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
19232
19233 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
19234
19235 ;;;***
19236 \f
19237 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
19238 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
19239 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
19240
19241 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
19242 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
19243 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
19244 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
19245
19246 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
19247
19248 ;;;***
19249 \f
19250 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
19251 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (16211 27018))
19252 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
19253
19254 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
19255 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
19256
19257 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
19258
19259 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
19260 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
19261
19262 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19263
19264 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
19265 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
19266
19267 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19268
19269 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
19270 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
19271 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
19272
19273 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
19274 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
19275 in rot 13.
19276
19277 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
19278
19279 \(fn)" t nil)
19280
19281 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
19282 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
19283
19284 \(fn)" t nil)
19285
19286 ;;;***
19287 \f
19288 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
19289 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
19290 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
19291 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
19292 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
19293 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
19294
19295 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
19296 *This variable is obsolete.")
19297
19298 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
19299
19300 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
19301 *This variable is obsolete.")
19302
19303 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19304
19305 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
19306 *This variable is obsolete.")
19307
19308 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19309
19310 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
19311 *This variable is obsolete.")
19312
19313 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
19314
19315 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
19316 *This variable is obsolete.")
19317
19318 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19319
19320 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
19321 *This variable is obsolete.")
19322
19323 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19324
19325 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
19326 This function is obsolete.
19327
19328 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
19329
19330 ;;;***
19331 \f
19332 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16277
19333 ;;;;;; 42321))
19334 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
19335
19336 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
19337 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
19338
19339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19340
19341 ;;;***
19342 \f
19343 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (16292
19344 ;;;;;; 22309))
19345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
19346
19347 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
19348 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
19349 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
19350 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
19351
19352 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
19353
19354 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
19355 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
19356 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
19357
19358 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
19359 notation.
19360
19361 STRING
19362 matches string STRING literally.
19363
19364 CHAR
19365 matches character CHAR literally.
19366
19367 `not-newline'
19368 matches any character except a newline.
19369 .
19370 `anything'
19371 matches any character
19372
19373 `(any SET)'
19374 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
19375 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
19376
19377 '(in SET)'
19378 like `any'.
19379
19380 `(not (any SET))'
19381 matches any character not in SET
19382
19383 `line-start'
19384 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
19385 in the text being matched
19386
19387 `line-end'
19388 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
19389
19390 `string-start'
19391 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19392 string being matched against.
19393
19394 `string-end'
19395 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19396 string being matched against.
19397
19398 `buffer-start'
19399 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19400 buffer being matched against.
19401
19402 `buffer-end'
19403 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19404 buffer being matched against.
19405
19406 `point'
19407 matches the empty string, but only at point.
19408
19409 `word-start'
19410 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19411 word.
19412
19413 `word-end'
19414 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19415
19416 `word-boundary'
19417 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19418 word.
19419
19420 `(not word-boundary)'
19421 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19422 word.
19423
19424 `digit'
19425 matches 0 through 9.
19426
19427 `control'
19428 matches ASCII control characters.
19429
19430 `hex-digit'
19431 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19432
19433 `blank'
19434 matches space and tab only.
19435
19436 `graphic'
19437 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19438 space, and DEL.
19439
19440 `printing'
19441 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19442 and DEL.
19443
19444 `alphanumeric'
19445 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19446 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19447
19448 `letter'
19449 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19450 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19451
19452 `ascii'
19453 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19454
19455 `nonascii'
19456 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19457
19458 `lower'
19459 matches anything lower-case.
19460
19461 `upper'
19462 matches anything upper-case.
19463
19464 `punctuation'
19465 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19466 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19467
19468 `space'
19469 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19470
19471 `word'
19472 matches anything that has word syntax.
19473
19474 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
19475 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19476 of the following symbols.
19477
19478 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19479 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19480 `word' (\\sw)
19481 `symbol' (\\s_)
19482 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19483 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19484 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19485 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19486 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19487 `escape' (\\s\\)
19488 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19489 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19490 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19491
19492 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19493 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19494
19495 `(category CATEGORY)'
19496 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19497 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19498
19499 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19500 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19501 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19502 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19503 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
19504 `symbol' (\\c5)
19505 `digit' (\\c6)
19506 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19507 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19508 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19509 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19510 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19511 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19512 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19513 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19514 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19515 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19516 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19517 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19518 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19519 `ascii' (\\ca)
19520 `arabic' (\\cb)
19521 `chinese' (\\cc)
19522 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
19523 `greek' (\\cg)
19524 `korean' (\\ch)
19525 `indian' (\\ci)
19526 `japanese' (\\cj)
19527 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19528 `latin' (\\cl)
19529 `lao' (\\co)
19530 `tibetan' (\\cq)
19531 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19532 `thai' (\\ct)
19533 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19534 `hebrew' (\\cw)
19535 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
19536 `can-break' (\\c|)
19537
19538 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19539 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19540
19541 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19542 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19543
19544 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19545 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19546 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19547
19548 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19549 another name for `submatch'.
19550
19551 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19552 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19553 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19554 regular expression.
19555
19556 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19557 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19558 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19559 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19560 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19561
19562 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19563 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19564
19565 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19566 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19567
19568 `(0+ SEXP)'
19569 like `zero-or-more'.
19570
19571 `(* SEXP)'
19572 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19573
19574 `(*? SEXP)'
19575 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19576
19577 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19578 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19579
19580 `(1+ SEXP)'
19581 like `one-or-more'.
19582
19583 `(+ SEXP)'
19584 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19585
19586 `(+? SEXP)'
19587 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19588
19589 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19590 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19591
19592 `(optional SEXP)'
19593 like `zero-or-one'.
19594
19595 `(? SEXP)'
19596 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19597
19598 `(?? SEXP)'
19599 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19600
19601 `(repeat N SEXP)'
19602 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19603
19604 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19605 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19606
19607 `(eval FORM)'
19608 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19609 `regexp-quote' it.
19610
19611 `(regexp REGEXP)'
19612 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19613
19614 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19615
19616 ;;;***
19617 \f
19618 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19619 ;;;;;; (16249 27909))
19620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19621
19622 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19623 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19624 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19625
19626 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19627 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19628 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19629 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19630 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19631 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19632 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19633 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19634
19635 Commands:
19636 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19637 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19638 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19639 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19640 if that value is non-nil.
19641
19642 \(fn)" t nil)
19643
19644 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19645 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19646 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19647
19648 Commands:
19649 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19650 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19651 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19652 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19653 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19654 that variable's value is a string.
19655
19656 \(fn)" t nil)
19657
19658 ;;;***
19659 \f
19660 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19661 ;;;;;; (16211 27031))
19662 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19663
19664 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19665 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19666 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19667
19668 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19669
19670 \(fn)" t nil)
19671
19672 ;;;***
19673 \f
19674 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16211
19675 ;;;;;; 27037))
19676 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19677
19678 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19679 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19680 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19681 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19682
19683 Interesting variables:
19684
19685 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19686 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19687
19688 `scribe-electric-quote'
19689 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19690
19691 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19692 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19693 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19694
19695 \(fn)" t nil)
19696
19697 ;;;***
19698 \f
19699 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19700 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
19701 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19702
19703 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19704 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19705 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19706 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19707 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19708
19709 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19710
19711 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19712 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19713 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19714 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19715 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19716
19717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19718
19719 ;;;***
19720 \f
19721 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19722 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19723 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19724 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19725 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19726 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16249 31404))
19727 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19728
19729 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19730 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19731
19732 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19733 king@grassland.com
19734 If `parens', they look like:
19735 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19736 If `angles', they look like:
19737 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19738 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19739 derived from the envelope-from address.
19740
19741 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19742 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19743 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19744 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19745
19746 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19747
19748 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19749 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19750 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19751 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19752
19753 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
19754 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
19755 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
19756 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
19757
19758 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19759
19760 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19761 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19762 This is done when the message is initialized,
19763 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19764
19765 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19766
19767 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19768 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19769 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19770
19771 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19772
19773 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19774 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19775
19776 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19777
19778 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19779 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19780 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19781 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19782 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19783 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19784 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19785
19786 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19787
19788 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19789 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19790
19791 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19792
19793 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19794 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19795 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19796
19797 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19798
19799 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19800 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19801 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19802 when you first send mail.")
19803
19804 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19805
19806 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19807 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19808 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19809 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19810 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19811
19812 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19813
19814 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19815 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19816 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19817 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19818 This file need not actually exist.")
19819
19820 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19821
19822 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19823 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19824 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19825 If a string, that string is inserted.
19826 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19827 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19828 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19829 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19830
19831 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19832
19833 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19834 *Directory for mail buffers.
19835 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19836 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19837
19838 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19839
19840 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19841 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19842 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19843 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19844 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19845 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19846 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19847 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19848 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19849 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19850 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19851 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19852 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19853 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19854 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19855
19856 \(fn)" t nil)
19857
19858 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19859 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19860 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19861 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19862 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19863 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19864
19865 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19866 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19867 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19868
19869 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19870 User should not set this variable manually,
19871 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19872 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19873 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19874 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19875
19876 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19877 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19878 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19879 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19880
19881 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19882 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19883
19884 \\<mail-mode-map>
19885 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19886
19887 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19888 to move to message header fields:
19889 \\{mail-mode-map}
19890
19891 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19892 when the message is initialized.
19893
19894 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19895 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19896
19897 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19898 is inserted.
19899
19900 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19901 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19902
19903 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19904 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19905
19906 The second through fifth arguments,
19907 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19908 the initial contents of those header fields.
19909 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19910 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19911 original message being replied to, or else an action
19912 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19913 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19914 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19915 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19916 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19917 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19918
19919 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19920
19921 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19922 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19923
19924 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19925
19926 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19927 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19928
19929 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19930
19931 ;;;***
19932 \f
19933 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19934 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
19935 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19936
19937 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19938 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19939 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19940 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19941 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19942 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19943
19944 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19945
19946 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19947
19948 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19949 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19950 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19952 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19953
19954 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19955
19956 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19957 Toggle Server mode.
19958 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19959 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19960 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19961
19962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19963
19964 ;;;***
19965 \f
19966 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16211 27018))
19967 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19968
19969 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19970 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19971
19972 Key definitions:
19973 \\{ses-mode-map}
19974 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19975 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19976 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19977 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19978
19979 \(fn)" t nil)
19980
19981 ;;;***
19982 \f
19983 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
19984 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
19985 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
19986
19987 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19988 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
19989 Makes > match <.
19990 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
19991 `sgml-quick-keys'.
19992
19993 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
19994 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
19995 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
19996
19997 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
19998 your `.emacs' file.
19999
20000 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
20001
20002 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
20003 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
20004 \\{sgml-mode-map}
20005
20006 \(fn)" t nil)
20007
20008 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
20009
20010 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
20011 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
20012 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
20013 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
20014 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
20015 which this is based.
20016
20017 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
20018
20019 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
20020 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
20021 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
20022 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
20023
20024 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
20025 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
20026 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
20027
20028 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
20029 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
20030 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
20031 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
20032
20033 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
20034 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
20035 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
20036 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
20037
20038 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
20039
20040 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
20041 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
20042 To work around that, do:
20043 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
20044
20045 \\{html-mode-map}
20046
20047 \(fn)" t nil)
20048
20049 ;;;***
20050 \f
20051 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
20052 ;;;;;; (16256 53160))
20053 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
20054
20055 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
20056 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
20057 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
20058 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
20059 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
20060 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
20061
20062 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
20063 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
20064 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
20065 shell-specific features.
20066
20067 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
20068 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
20069 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
20070
20071 \\[sh-case] case statement
20072 \\[sh-for] for loop
20073 \\[sh-function] function definition
20074 \\[sh-if] if statement
20075 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
20076 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
20077 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
20078 \\[sh-select] select loop
20079 \\[sh-until] until loop
20080 \\[sh-while] while loop
20081
20082 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
20083 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
20084 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
20085 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
20086 would indent to the way it currently is.
20087 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
20088 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
20089
20090
20091 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
20092 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
20093 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
20094 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
20095 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
20096 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
20097
20098 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
20099 {, (, [, ', \", `
20100 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
20101
20102 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
20103 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
20104 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
20105
20106 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
20107 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
20108
20109 \(fn)" t nil)
20110
20111 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
20112
20113 ;;;***
20114 \f
20115 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
20116 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
20117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
20118
20119 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
20120 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
20121
20122 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
20123 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
20124 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
20125 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
20126 the earlier.
20127
20128 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
20129
20130 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
20131
20132 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
20133 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
20134 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
20135
20136 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
20137 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
20138
20139 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
20140 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
20141 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
20142 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
20143 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
20144 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
20145 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
20146 emacs version).
20147
20148 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
20149 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
20150 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
20151 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
20152 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
20153
20154 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
20155 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
20156 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
20157
20158 \(fn)" t nil)
20159
20160 ;;;***
20161 \f
20162 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
20163 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16211
20164 ;;;;;; 27018))
20165 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
20166
20167 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
20168 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
20169 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
20170 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
20171 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
20172 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
20173 in the cluster.
20174
20175 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20176
20177 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
20178 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
20179 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
20180 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
20181 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
20182
20183 \(fn)" t nil)
20184
20185 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
20186 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
20187 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
20188 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
20189 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
20190 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
20191 `shadow-define-cluster').
20192
20193 \(fn)" t nil)
20194
20195 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
20196 Set up file shadowing.
20197
20198 \(fn)" t nil)
20199
20200 ;;;***
20201 \f
20202 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
20203 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
20204 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
20205
20206 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
20207 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
20208 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
20209 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
20210 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
20211 arguments.")
20212
20213 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
20214
20215 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
20216 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
20217 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
20218 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
20219 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
20220 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
20221 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
20222 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
20223 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
20224 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
20225 discards input when it starts up.)
20226 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
20227 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
20228 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
20229
20230 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20231 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20232 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20233 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
20234 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20235 `default-process-coding-system'.
20236
20237 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
20238 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
20239 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
20240 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
20241
20242 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
20243
20244 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20245 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
20246
20247 ;;;***
20248 \f
20249 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (16211
20250 ;;;;;; 27039))
20251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
20252
20253 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
20254 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
20255 \\{simula-mode-map}
20256 Variables controlling indentation style:
20257 `simula-tab-always-indent'
20258 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
20259 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20260 `simula-indent-level'
20261 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
20262 `simula-substatement-offset'
20263 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
20264 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
20265 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
20266 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
20267 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
20268 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
20269 `simula-label-offset' -4711
20270 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
20271 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
20272 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
20273 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
20274 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
20275 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
20276 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
20277 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
20278 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
20279 `simula-electric-indent' nil
20280 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
20281 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
20282 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
20283 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
20284 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
20285 or nil if they should not be changed.
20286 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
20287 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
20288 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
20289 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
20290
20291 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
20292 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
20293
20294 \(fn)" t nil)
20295
20296 ;;;***
20297 \f
20298 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
20299 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16211 27018))
20300 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
20301
20302 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
20303 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
20304
20305 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
20306 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
20307 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
20308 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
20309
20310 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
20311
20312 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
20313 Insert SKELETON.
20314 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20315 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20316 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20317 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20318 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20319
20320 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
20321 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
20322
20323 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
20324
20325 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
20326 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
20327
20328 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
20329 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
20330 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
20331 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
20332
20333 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
20334 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
20335 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
20336 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
20337
20338 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
20339 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
20340 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
20341
20342 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
20343 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
20344
20345 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
20346 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
20347
20348 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
20349 _ interesting point, interregion here
20350 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
20351 interesting point set by _
20352 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
20353 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
20354 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
20355 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
20356 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
20357 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
20358 nil skipped
20359
20360 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
20361 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
20362
20363 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
20364 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
20365 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
20366 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
20367 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
20368 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
20369 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
20370 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
20371
20372 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
20373 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
20374 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
20375 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
20376 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
20377 available:
20378
20379 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
20380 then: insert previously read string once more
20381 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
20382 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
20383 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
20384
20385 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
20386 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
20387
20388 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
20389
20390 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
20391 Insert the character you type ARG times.
20392
20393 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
20394 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
20395 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
20396 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
20397 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
20398 such as backslash.
20399
20400 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
20401 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
20402 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
20403
20404 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20405
20406 ;;;***
20407 \f
20408 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
20409 ;;;;;; (16258 10857))
20410 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20411
20412 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20413 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20414 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20415 buffer names.
20416
20417 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20418
20419 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20420 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20421 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20422
20423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20424
20425 ;;;***
20426 \f
20427 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20428 ;;;;;; (16211 27031))
20429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20430
20431 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20432 Display textual smileys as images.
20433 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20434 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20435 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20436
20437 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20438
20439 ;;;***
20440 \f
20441 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20442 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16246 41418))
20443 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20444
20445 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20446 Not documented
20447
20448 \(fn)" nil nil)
20449
20450 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20451 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20452
20453 \(fn)" t nil)
20454
20455 ;;;***
20456 \f
20457 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (16211 27038))
20458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20459
20460 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20461 Play the Snake game.
20462 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20463
20464 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20465
20466 Snake mode keybindings:
20467 \\<snake-mode-map>
20468 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20469 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20470 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20471 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20472 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20473 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20474 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20475
20476 \(fn)" t nil)
20477
20478 ;;;***
20479 \f
20480 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20481 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
20482 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20483
20484 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20485 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20486 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20487 Tab indents for C code.
20488 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20489 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20490 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20491 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20492 `snmp-mode-hook'.
20493
20494 \(fn)" t nil)
20495
20496 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20497 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20498 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20499 Tab indents for C code.
20500 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20501 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20502 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20503 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20504 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20505
20506 \(fn)" t nil)
20507
20508 ;;;***
20509 \f
20510 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20511 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20512 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16211 27023))
20513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20514
20515 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20516 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20517
20518 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20519 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20520 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20521
20522 For example, the form
20523
20524 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20525 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20526
20527 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20528
20529 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20530
20531 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20532 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20533
20534 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20535 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20536 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20537 York City.
20538
20539 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20540
20541 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20542
20543 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20544 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20545
20546 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20547 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20548 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20549 York City.
20550
20551 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20552
20553 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20554
20555 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20556 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20557 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20558 pair.
20559
20560 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20561
20562 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20563
20564 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20565 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20566 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20567
20568 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20569 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20570
20571 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20572
20573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20574
20575 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20576 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20577 Requires floating point.
20578
20579 \(fn)" nil nil)
20580
20581 ;;;***
20582 \f
20583 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (16211
20584 ;;;;;; 27038))
20585 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20586
20587 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20588 Play Solitaire.
20589
20590 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20591 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20592 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20593 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20594 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20595 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20596 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20597 check after each move or undo)
20598
20599 What is Solitaire?
20600
20601 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20602 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20603 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20604
20605 Le Solitaire
20606 ============
20607
20608 o o o
20609
20610 o o o
20611
20612 o o o o o o o
20613
20614 o o o . o o o
20615
20616 o o o o o o o
20617
20618 o o o
20619
20620 o o o
20621
20622 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20623 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20624 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20625 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20626
20627 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20628 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20629 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20630 this: o o .
20631
20632 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20633 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20634
20635 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20636
20637 o o o
20638
20639 . o o
20640
20641 o o . o o o o
20642
20643 o . o o o o o
20644
20645 o o o o o o o
20646
20647 o o o
20648
20649 o o o
20650
20651 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20652
20653 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20654
20655 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20656
20657 ;;;***
20658 \f
20659 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20660 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20661 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16211 27018))
20662 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20663
20664 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20665 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20666
20667 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20668 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20669 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20670 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20671 contiguous.
20672
20673 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20674 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20675 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20676 the sort order.
20677
20678 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20679 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20680
20681 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20682 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20683 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20684 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20685 is called.
20686
20687 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20688 It should move point to the end of the record.
20689
20690 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20691 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20692 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20693 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20694 starts at the beginning of the record.
20695
20696 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20697 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20698 same as ENDRECFUN.
20699
20700 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20701 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20702
20703 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20704
20705 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20706 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20707 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20708 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20709 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20710 the sort order.
20711
20712 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20713
20714 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20715 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20716 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20717 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20718 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20719 the sort order.
20720
20721 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20722
20723 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20724 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20725 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20726 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20727 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20728 the sort order.
20729
20730 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20731
20732 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20733 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20734 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20735 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20736 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20737 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20738 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20739 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20740 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20741
20742 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20743
20744 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20745 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20746 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20747 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20748 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20749 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20750 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20751 the sort order.
20752
20753 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20754
20755 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20756 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20757 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20758 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20759 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20760 is to be used for sorting.
20761 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20762 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20763 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20764 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20765 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20766
20767 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20768
20769 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20770 the sort order.
20771
20772 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20773 starting with the letter \"f\",
20774 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20775
20776 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20777
20778 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20779 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20780 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20781 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20782 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20783 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20784 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20785 the sort order.
20786
20787 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20788 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20789 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20790 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20791 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20792
20793 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20794
20795 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20796 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20797 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20798
20799 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20800
20801 ;;;***
20802 \f
20803 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20804 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (16211 27019))
20805 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20806
20807 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20808
20809 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20810 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20811 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20812 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20813 supported at a time.
20814 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20815 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20816
20817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20818
20819 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20820 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20821 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20822 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20823
20824 \(fn)" t nil)
20825
20826 ;;;***
20827 \f
20828 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20829 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (16211 27044))
20830 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20831
20832 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20833
20834 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20835 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20836 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20837 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20838 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20839 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20840
20841 \(fn)" t nil)
20842
20843 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20844 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20845 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20846 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20847
20848 \(fn)" t nil)
20849
20850 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20851 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20852 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20853 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20854 for example, \"word\".
20855
20856 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20857
20858 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20859 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20860
20861 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20862
20863 ;;;***
20864 \f
20865 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (16211
20866 ;;;;;; 27038))
20867 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20868
20869 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20870 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20871
20872 \(fn)" t nil)
20873
20874 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20875 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20876
20877 \(fn)" nil nil)
20878
20879 ;;;***
20880 \f
20881 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20882 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
20883 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
20884 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (16225
20885 ;;;;;; 6527))
20886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20887
20888 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
20889 Append a `font-lock-keywords' entry to the existing entries defined
20890 for the specified `product'.
20891
20892 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
20893
20894 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20895 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20896
20897 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20898 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20899
20900 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20901
20902 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20903 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20904 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
20905
20906 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20907
20908 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20909 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20910 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20911 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20912 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20913 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20914 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
20915 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20916 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20917
20918 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20919
20920 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20921 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20922 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20923 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20924
20925 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20926 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20927 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20928 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20929
20930 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20931 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20932 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20933
20934 \(fn)" t nil)
20935
20936 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20937 Major mode to edit SQL.
20938
20939 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20940 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20941 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20942
20943 \\{sql-mode-map}
20944 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20945
20946 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20947 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20948 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20949 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20950 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20951 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20952
20953 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20954 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20955
20956 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20957 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20958 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20959
20960 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20961 (lambda ()
20962 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20963
20964 \(fn)" t nil)
20965
20966 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
20967 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
20968
20969 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20970 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20971 `*SQL*'.
20972
20973 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20974
20975 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
20976
20977 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20978 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20979
20980 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20981 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20982 `*SQL*'.
20983
20984 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
20985 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20986 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
20987 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
20988
20989 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20990 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20991
20992 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20993 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20994 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20995 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20996 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20997 `default-process-coding-system'.
20998
20999 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21000
21001 \(fn)" t nil)
21002
21003 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
21004 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
21005
21006 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21007 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21008 `*SQL*'.
21009
21010 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
21011 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
21012 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21013 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
21014
21015 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21016 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21017
21018 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21019 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21020 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21021 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21022 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21023 `default-process-coding-system'.
21024
21025 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21026
21027 \(fn)" t nil)
21028
21029 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
21030 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
21031
21032 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21033 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21034 `*SQL*'.
21035
21036 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
21037 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21038
21039 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21040 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21041
21042 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21043 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21044 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21045 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21046 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21047 `default-process-coding-system'.
21048
21049 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21050
21051 \(fn)" t nil)
21052
21053 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
21054 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
21055
21056 SQLite is free software.
21057
21058 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21059 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21060 `*SQL*'.
21061
21062 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
21063 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21064 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21065 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
21066
21067 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21068 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21069
21070 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21071 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21072 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21073 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21074 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21075 `default-process-coding-system'.
21076
21077 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21078
21079 \(fn)" t nil)
21080
21081 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
21082 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
21083
21084 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
21085
21086 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21087 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21088 `*SQL*'.
21089
21090 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
21091 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21092 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21093 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
21094
21095 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21096 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21097
21098 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21099 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21100 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21101 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21102 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21103 `default-process-coding-system'.
21104
21105 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21106
21107 \(fn)" t nil)
21108
21109 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
21110 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
21111
21112 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21113 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21114 `*SQL*'.
21115
21116 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
21117 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
21118 defaults, if set.
21119
21120 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21121 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21122
21123 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21124 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21125 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21126 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21127 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21128 `default-process-coding-system'.
21129
21130 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21131
21132 \(fn)" t nil)
21133
21134 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
21135 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
21136
21137 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21138 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21139 `*SQL*'.
21140
21141 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
21142 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21143
21144 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21145 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21146
21147 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21148 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21149 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21150 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21151 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21152 `default-process-coding-system'.
21153
21154 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21155
21156 \(fn)" t nil)
21157
21158 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
21159 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
21160
21161 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21162 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21163 `*SQL*'.
21164
21165 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
21166 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
21167 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
21168 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
21169
21170 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21171 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21172
21173 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21174 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21175 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21176 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21177 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21178 `default-process-coding-system'.
21179
21180 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21181
21182 \(fn)" t nil)
21183
21184 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
21185 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
21186
21187 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21188 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21189 `*SQL*'.
21190
21191 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
21192 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
21193 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
21194 `sql-postgres-options'.
21195
21196 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21197 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21198
21199 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21200 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21201 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21202 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21203 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21204 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
21205 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
21206 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
21207
21208 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
21209 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
21210
21211 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21212
21213 \(fn)" t nil)
21214
21215 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
21216 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
21217
21218 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21219 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21220 `*SQL*'.
21221
21222 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
21223 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21224 defaults, if set.
21225
21226 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21227 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21228
21229 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21230 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21231 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21232 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21233 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21234 `default-process-coding-system'.
21235
21236 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21237
21238 \(fn)" t nil)
21239
21240 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
21241 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
21242
21243 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21244 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21245 `*SQL*'.
21246
21247 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
21248 automatic login.
21249
21250 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21251 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21252
21253 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
21254 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
21255 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
21256 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
21257
21258 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21259 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21260 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21261 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21262 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21263 `default-process-coding-system'.
21264
21265 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21266
21267 \(fn)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
21270 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
21271
21272 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21273 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21274 `*SQL*'.
21275
21276 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
21277 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
21278 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21279 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
21280 parameters.
21281
21282 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
21283 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
21284 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
21285 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
21286 an empty password.
21287
21288 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21289 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21290
21291 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21292
21293 \(fn)" t nil)
21294
21295 ;;;***
21296 \f
21297 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
21298 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
21299 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
21300 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
21301 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (16258
21302 ;;;;;; 10857))
21303 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
21304
21305 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
21306 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
21307 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
21308 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
21309 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
21310 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
21311
21312 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
21313
21314 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
21315 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21316 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21317 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
21318 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
21319 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
21320 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21321
21322 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21323
21324 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21325 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21326 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21327 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
21328 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
21329 then complete the stroke with button 3.
21330 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21331
21332 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21333
21334 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
21335 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21336 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21337
21338 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21339
21340 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21341 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21342 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21343
21344 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21345
21346 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
21347 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
21348
21349 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
21350
21351 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
21352 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
21353
21354 \(fn)" t nil)
21355
21356 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
21357 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
21358
21359 \(fn)" t nil)
21360
21361 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
21362 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
21363 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
21364 chronologically by command name.
21365 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
21366
21367 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
21368
21369 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
21370 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
21371 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21373 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
21374
21375 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
21376
21377 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
21378 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
21379 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
21380 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
21381 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
21382 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
21383 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
21384
21385 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
21386 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
21387 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
21388 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
21389
21390 \\{strokes-mode-map}
21391
21392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21393
21394 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
21395 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
21396 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
21397 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
21398
21399 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
21400
21401 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21402 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
21403
21404 \(fn)" t nil)
21405
21406 ;;;***
21407 \f
21408 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
21409 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
21410 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
21411
21412 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
21413 Studlify-case the region.
21414
21415 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
21416
21417 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
21418 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
21419
21420 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
21421
21422 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
21423 Studlify-case the current buffer.
21424
21425 \(fn)" t nil)
21426
21427 ;;;***
21428 \f
21429 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21430 ;;;;;; (16211 27036))
21431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21432
21433 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21434 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21435 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21436 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21437 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21438 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21439 original message but it does require a few things:
21440
21441 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21442
21443 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21444 reply buffer.
21445
21446 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21447 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21448 original message.
21449
21450 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21451
21452 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21453
21454 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21455 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21456 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21457
21458 \(fn)" nil nil)
21459
21460 ;;;***
21461 \f
21462 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16211
21463 ;;;;;; 27026))
21464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21465
21466 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21467 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21468 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21469 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21470 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21471
21472 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21473
21474 ;;;***
21475 \f
21476 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (16211 27021))
21477 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21478
21479 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21480 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21481 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21482 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21483 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21484
21485 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21486
21487 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21488 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21489 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21490 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21491 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21492 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21493 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21494
21495 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21496
21497 ;;;***
21498 \f
21499 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21500 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21501 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21502 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21503 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21504 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21505 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21506 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21507 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21508 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21509 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21510 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21511 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16211 27044))
21512 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21513
21514 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21515 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21516 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21517
21518 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21519
21520 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21521 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21522
21523 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21524
21525 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21526 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21527
21528 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21529
21530 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21531 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21532
21533 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21534
21535 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21536 Insert an editable text table.
21537 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21538 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21539 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21540 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21541 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21542 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21543 delimiting them.
21544
21545 Examples:
21546
21547 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21548
21549 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21550 location of point.
21551
21552 -!-
21553
21554 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21555 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21556 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21557 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21558 first cell.
21559
21560 +-----+-----+-----+
21561 |-!- | | |
21562 +-----+-----+-----+
21563
21564 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21565
21566 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21567 width, which results as
21568
21569 +--------------+-----+-----+
21570 |-!- | | |
21571 +--------------+-----+-----+
21572
21573 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21574 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21575
21576 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21577 | | |-!- |
21578 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21579
21580 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21581 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21582 width information to `table-insert'.
21583
21584 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21585
21586 instead of
21587
21588 Cell width(s): 5
21589
21590 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21591 work all together.
21592
21593 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21594 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21595
21596 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21597 |-!- | | |
21598 | | | |
21599 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21600
21601 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21602
21603 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21604 |-!- | | |
21605 | | | |
21606 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21607 | | | |
21608 | | | |
21609 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21610
21611 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21612
21613 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21614 | | | |
21615 | | | |
21616 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21617 | | | |
21618 | | | |
21619 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21620 -!-
21621
21622 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21623 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21624 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21625
21626 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21627 | | | |
21628 | | | |
21629 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21630 | | | |
21631 | | | |
21632 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21633 |-!- | | |
21634 | | | |
21635 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21636
21637 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21638 results.
21639
21640 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21641 | | | |
21642 | | | |
21643 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21644 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21645 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21646 | | |expected results.-!- |
21647 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21648 | | | |
21649 | | | |
21650 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21651
21652 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21653
21654 \\{table-cell-map}
21655
21656 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21657
21658 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21659 Insert N table row(s).
21660 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21661 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21662 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21663 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21664
21665 \(fn N)" t nil)
21666
21667 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21668 Insert N table column(s).
21669 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21670 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21671 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21672 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21673
21674 \(fn N)" t nil)
21675
21676 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21677 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21678 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21679
21680 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21681
21682 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21683 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21684 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21685 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21686 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21687 all the table specific features.
21688
21689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21690
21691 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21692 Not documented
21693
21694 \(fn)" t nil)
21695
21696 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21697 Recognize all tables within region.
21698 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21699 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21700 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21701 specific features.
21702
21703 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21704
21705 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21706 Not documented
21707
21708 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21709
21710 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21711 Recognize a table at point.
21712 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21713 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21714 the table specific features.
21715
21716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21717
21718 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21719 Not documented
21720
21721 \(fn)" t nil)
21722
21723 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21724 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21725 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21726 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21727 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21728 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21729 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21730
21731 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21732
21733 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21734 Not documented
21735
21736 \(fn)" t nil)
21737
21738 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21739 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21740 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21741 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21742 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21743 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21744 specified.
21745
21746 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21747
21748 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21749 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21750 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21751 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21752 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21753 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21754 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21755 table structure.
21756
21757 \(fn N)" t nil)
21758
21759 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21760 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21761 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21762 table's rectangle structure.
21763
21764 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21765
21766 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21767 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21768 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21769 table's rectangle structure.
21770
21771 \(fn N)" t nil)
21772
21773 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21774 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21775 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21776 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21777 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21778
21779 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21780
21781 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21782 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21783 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21784
21785 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21786 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21787 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21788 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21789 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21790 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21791 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21792
21793 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21794 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21795 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21796 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21797 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21798 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21799 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21800
21801 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21802 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21803 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21804 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21805 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21806 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21807 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21808 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21809
21810 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21811
21812 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21813 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21814 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21815 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21816
21817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21818
21819 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21820 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21821 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21822
21823 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21824
21825 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21826 Split current cell vertically.
21827 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21828
21829 \(fn)" t nil)
21830
21831 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21832 Split current cell horizontally.
21833 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21834
21835 \(fn)" t nil)
21836
21837 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21838 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21839 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21840
21841 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21842
21843 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21844 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21845 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21846 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21847
21848 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21849
21850 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21851 Justify cell contents.
21852 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21853 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21854 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21855 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21856
21857 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21858
21859 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21860 Justify cells of a row.
21861 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21862 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21863
21864 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21865
21866 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21867 Justify cells of a column.
21868 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21869 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21870
21871 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21872
21873 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21874 Toggle fixing width mode.
21875 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21876 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21877 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21878
21879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21880
21881 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21882 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21883 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21884 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21885 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21886 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21887 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21888 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21889 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21890 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21891 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21892
21893 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21894
21895 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21896 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21897 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21898 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21899 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21900 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21901 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21902 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21903 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21904 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21905 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21906 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21907 untouched.
21908
21909 References used for this implementation:
21910
21911 HTML:
21912 http://www.w3.org
21913
21914 LaTeX:
21915 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21916
21917 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21918 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21919 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21920
21921 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21922
21923 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21924 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21925 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21926 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21927 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21928 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21929 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21930 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21931 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21932 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21933 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21934 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21935 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21936 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21937 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21938 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21939 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21940
21941 Example:
21942
21943 (progn
21944 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21945 (table-forward-cell 15)
21946 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21947 (table-forward-cell 16)
21948 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21949 (table-forward-cell 1)
21950 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21951
21952 (progn
21953 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21954 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21955 (table-forward-cell 1)
21956 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21957
21958 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21959
21960 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21961 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21962 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21963 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21964 consists from cells of same height.
21965
21966 \(fn N)" t nil)
21967
21968 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21969 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21970 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21971 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21972 column must consists from cells of same width.
21973
21974 \(fn N)" t nil)
21975
21976 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21977 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21978 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21979 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21980 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
21981 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
21982 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
21983 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
21984 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
21985 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
21986 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
21987 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
21988 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
21989 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
21990 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
21991
21992
21993 Example 1:
21994
21995 1, 2, 3, 4
21996 5, 6, 7, 8
21997 , 9, 10
21998
21999 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
22000 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
22001 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
22002 specified as 5.
22003
22004 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22005 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
22006 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22007 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
22008 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22009 | | 9 | 10 | |
22010 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22011
22012 Note:
22013
22014 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
22015 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
22016 of each row is optional.
22017
22018
22019 Example 2:
22020
22021 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
22022 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
22023 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
22024 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
22025 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
22026
22027 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
22028 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
22029
22030 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
22031 expression and raw delimiter regular
22032 expression, it parses the specified text
22033 area and extracts cell items from
22034 non-table text and then forms a table out
22035 of them.
22036
22037 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
22038 creates a single cell table. The text in
22039 the specified region is placed in that
22040 cell.-*-
22041
22042 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
22043 like this.
22044
22045 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22046 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
22047 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
22048 | |
22049 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
22050 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
22051 | expression, it parses the specified text |
22052 | area and extracts cell items from |
22053 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
22054 | of them. |
22055 | |
22056 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
22057 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
22058 | the specified region is placed in that |
22059 | cell. |
22060 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22061
22062 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
22063 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
22064 independently.
22065
22066 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22067 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
22068 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
22069 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22070 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
22071 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
22072 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
22073 | |area and extracts cell items from |
22074 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
22075 | |of them. |
22076 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22077 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
22078 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
22079 | |the specified region is placed in that |
22080 | |cell. |
22081 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22082
22083 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
22084 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
22085 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
22086
22087 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
22088
22089 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
22090 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
22091 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
22092 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
22093 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
22094
22095 \(fn)" t nil)
22096
22097 ;;;***
22098 \f
22099 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (16211 27021))
22100 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
22101
22102 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
22103 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
22104
22105 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
22106
22107 ;;;***
22108 \f
22109 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16211 27021))
22110 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
22111
22112 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
22113 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
22114 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
22115 Letters no longer insert themselves.
22116 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
22117 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
22118 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
22119
22120 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
22121 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
22122 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
22123 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
22124
22125 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
22126 \\{tar-mode-map}
22127
22128 \(fn)" t nil)
22129
22130 ;;;***
22131 \f
22132 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
22133 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16211 27039))
22134 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
22135
22136 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
22137 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
22138 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
22139 Tab indents for Tcl code.
22140 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22141 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22142
22143 Variables controlling indentation style:
22144 `tcl-indent-level'
22145 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
22146 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
22147 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
22148
22149 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
22150 documentation for details):
22151 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
22152 Controls action of TAB key.
22153 `tcl-auto-newline'
22154 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
22155 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
22156 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
22157 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
22158 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
22159
22160 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
22161 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
22162 already exist.
22163
22164 Commands:
22165 \\{tcl-mode-map}
22166
22167 \(fn)" t nil)
22168
22169 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
22170 Run inferior Tcl process.
22171 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
22172 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
22173
22174 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
22175
22176 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
22177 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
22178 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
22179
22180 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
22181
22182 ;;;***
22183 \f
22184 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (16211 27037))
22185 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
22186 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22187
22188 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
22189 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22190 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
22191 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
22192 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
22193 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
22194 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22195
22196 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22197 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
22198
22199 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
22200 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22201 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
22202 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22203
22204 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22205
22206 ;;;***
22207 \f
22208 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16211
22209 ;;;;;; 27021))
22210 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
22211
22212 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
22213 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
22214 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
22215 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
22216 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
22217 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
22218
22219 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
22220
22221 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
22222 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22223 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
22224 commands to use in that buffer.
22225
22226 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
22227
22228 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
22229
22230 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
22231 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22232
22233 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
22234
22235 ;;;***
22236 \f
22237 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (16211
22238 ;;;;;; 27021))
22239 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
22240
22241 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
22242 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
22243 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
22244 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
22245 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
22246 program as keyboard input.
22247
22248 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
22249 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
22250 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
22251 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
22252
22253 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
22254 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
22255 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
22256 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
22257 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
22258
22259 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
22260
22261 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
22262 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
22263 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
22264 terminal-redisplay-interval.
22265
22266 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
22267 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
22268 subprocess started.
22269
22270 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
22271
22272 ;;;***
22273 \f
22274 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
22275 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16211 27026))
22276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
22277
22278 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
22279 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
22280 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
22281 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
22282 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
22283
22284 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
22285
22286 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
22287 Start coverage on function under point.
22288
22289 \(fn)" t nil)
22290
22291 ;;;***
22292 \f
22293 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (16211 27038))
22294 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
22295
22296 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
22297 Play the Tetris game.
22298 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
22299 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
22300 as to form complete rows.
22301
22302 tetris-mode keybindings:
22303 \\<tetris-mode-map>
22304 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
22305 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
22306 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22307 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
22308 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
22309 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
22310 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
22311 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
22312
22313 \(fn)" t nil)
22314
22315 ;;;***
22316 \f
22317 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
22318 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
22319 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22320 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
22321 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
22322 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
22323 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
22324 ;;;;;; (16291 51938))
22325 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
22326
22327 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
22328 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
22329
22330 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
22331
22332 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
22333 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
22334 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
22335 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
22336 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
22337
22338 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
22339
22340 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
22341 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
22342 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
22343 if it matches the first line of the file,
22344 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
22345
22346 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
22347
22348 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
22349 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
22350 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
22351 if the variable is non-nil.")
22352
22353 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
22354
22355 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
22356 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
22357
22358 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
22359
22360 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
22361 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
22362 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22363 See the documentation of that variable.")
22364
22365 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22366
22367 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
22368 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
22369 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22370 See the documentation of that variable.")
22371
22372 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22373
22374 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
22375 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
22376 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22377 See the documentation of that variable.")
22378
22379 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22380
22381 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
22382 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
22383 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
22384 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
22385 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22386
22387 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
22388
22389 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
22390 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
22391 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
22392 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22393
22394 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
22395
22396 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
22397 *User defined LaTeX block names.
22398 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
22399
22400 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
22401
22402 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
22403 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
22404 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22405 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22406
22407 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
22408
22409 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22410 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22411 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22412 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22413
22414 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22415
22416 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22417 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
22418 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22419 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
22420
22421 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
22422 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
22423 for example,
22424
22425 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22426 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22427
22428 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22429 use.")
22430
22431 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22432
22433 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi" "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
22434 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22435 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22436 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22437 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22438
22439 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22440
22441 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22442
22443 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22444 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22445 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22446
22447 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22448
22449 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22450 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22451 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22452 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22453 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22454
22455 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22456
22457 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22458 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22459
22460 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22461
22462 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22463 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22464
22465 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22466
22467 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22468 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22469 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22470 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22471 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22472 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22473 says which mode to use.
22474
22475 \(fn)" t nil)
22476
22477 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22478
22479 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22480
22481 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22482
22483 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22484 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22485 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22486 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22487 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22488
22489 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22490 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22491 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22492 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22493 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22494 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22495 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22496
22497 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22498 mismatched $'s or braces.
22499
22500 Special commands:
22501 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22502
22503 Mode variables:
22504 tex-run-command
22505 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22506 tex-directory
22507 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22508 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22509 tex-dvi-print-command
22510 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22511 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22512 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22513 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22514 tex-dvi-view-command
22515 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22516 tex-show-queue-command
22517 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22518 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22519
22520 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22521 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22522 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22523
22524 \(fn)" t nil)
22525
22526 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22527 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22528 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22529 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22530 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22531
22532 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22533 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22534 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22535 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22536 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22537 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22538 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22539
22540 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22541 mismatched $'s or braces.
22542
22543 Special commands:
22544 \\{latex-mode-map}
22545
22546 Mode variables:
22547 latex-run-command
22548 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22549 tex-directory
22550 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22551 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22552 tex-dvi-print-command
22553 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22554 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22555 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22556 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22557 tex-dvi-view-command
22558 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22559 tex-show-queue-command
22560 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22561 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22562
22563 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22564 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22565 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22566
22567 \(fn)" t nil)
22568
22569 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22570 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22571 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22572 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22573 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22574
22575 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22576 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22577 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22578 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22579 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22580 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22581 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22582
22583 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22584 mismatched $'s or braces.
22585
22586 Special commands:
22587 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22588
22589 Mode variables:
22590 slitex-run-command
22591 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22592 tex-directory
22593 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22594 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22595 tex-dvi-print-command
22596 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22597 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22598 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22599 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22600 tex-dvi-view-command
22601 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22602 tex-show-queue-command
22603 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22604 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22605
22606 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22607 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22608 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22609 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22610
22611 \(fn)" t nil)
22612
22613 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22614 Not documented
22615
22616 \(fn)" nil nil)
22617
22618 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22619 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22620
22621 \(fn)" t nil)
22622
22623 ;;;***
22624 \f
22625 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22626 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16292 22308))
22627 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22628
22629 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22630 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22631 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22632 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22633
22634 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22635 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22636 Info-split to do these manually.
22637
22638 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22639
22640 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22641 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22642 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22643 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22644 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22645
22646 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22647
22648 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22649 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22650 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22651 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22652
22653 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22654 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22655 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22656 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22657
22658 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22659 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22660
22661 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22662
22663 ;;;***
22664 \f
22665 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22666 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16211 27044))
22667 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22668
22669 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22670 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22671
22672 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22673
22674 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22675 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22676
22677 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22678
22679 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22680 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22681
22682 It has these extra commands:
22683 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22684
22685 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22686 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22687 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22688 modified version of TeX input format.
22689
22690 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22691 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22692 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22693 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22694
22695 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22696 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22697 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22698 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22699 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22700 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22701 in the Texinfo file.
22702
22703 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22704 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22705 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22706 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22707 move forward past the closing brace.
22708
22709 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22710 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22711
22712 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22713 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22714 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22715
22716 Here are the functions:
22717
22718 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22719 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22720 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22721
22722 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22723 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22724 texinfo-master-menu
22725
22726 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22727
22728 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22729 which menu descriptions are indented.
22730
22731 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22732 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22733 in the region.
22734
22735 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22736 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22737 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22738 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22739
22740 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22741 be the first node in the file.
22742
22743 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22744 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22745
22746 \(fn)" t nil)
22747
22748 ;;;***
22749 \f
22750 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
22751 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
22752 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (16211 27033))
22753 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22754
22755 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22756 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22757 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22758 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22759
22760 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22761
22762 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22763 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22764
22765 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22766
22767 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22768 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22769
22770 \(fn)" t nil)
22771
22772 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
22773 Not documented
22774
22775 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22776
22777 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22778 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
22779 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
22780 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
22781 to compose.
22782
22783 The return value is number of composed characters.
22784
22785 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22786
22787 ;;;***
22788 \f
22789 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22790 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22791 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (16211 27021))
22792 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22793
22794 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22795 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22796
22797 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22798
22799 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22800 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22801 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22802 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22803 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22804
22805 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22806 a symbol as a valid THING.
22807
22808 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22809 of the textual entity that was found.
22810
22811 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22812
22813 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22814 Return the THING at point.
22815 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22816 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22817 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22818
22819 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22820 a symbol as a valid THING.
22821
22822 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22823
22824 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22825 Not documented
22826
22827 \(fn)" nil nil)
22828
22829 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22830 Not documented
22831
22832 \(fn)" nil nil)
22833
22834 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22835 Not documented
22836
22837 \(fn)" nil nil)
22838
22839 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22840 Not documented
22841
22842 \(fn)" nil nil)
22843
22844 ;;;***
22845 \f
22846 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22847 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22848 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22849 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22850 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22851 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16211 27033))
22852 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22853
22854 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22855 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22856 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22857
22858 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
22859
22860 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22861 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22862
22863 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22864
22865 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22866 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22867 The returned string has no composition information.
22868
22869 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22870
22871 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22872 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22873
22874 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22875
22876 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22877 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22878
22879 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22880
22881 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22882 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22883 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22884 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22885
22886 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22887
22888 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22889 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22890 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22891 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22892
22893 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22894
22895 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22896 Not documented
22897
22898 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22899
22900 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22901 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22902 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22903
22904 \(fn)" t nil)
22905
22906 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22907 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22908 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22909
22910 \(fn)" t nil)
22911
22912 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22913 Not documented
22914
22915 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22916
22917 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22918 Not documented
22919
22920 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22921
22922 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22923 Not documented
22924
22925 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22926
22927 ;;;***
22928 \f
22929 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22930 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
22931 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22932
22933 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22934 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22935 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22936 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22937 parameters.
22938 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22939
22940 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22941
22942 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22943 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22944 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22945 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22946 parameters.
22947 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22948
22949 \(fn)" t nil)
22950
22951 ;;;***
22952 \f
22953 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22954 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16211 27021))
22955 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22956
22957 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22958 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22959
22960 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22961
22962 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22963 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22964 This display updates automatically every minute.
22965 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22966 are displayed as well.
22967 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22968
22969 \(fn)" t nil)
22970
22971 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22972 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22973 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22974 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22975 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22976
22977 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22978
22979 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22980 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22981 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
22982
22983 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
22984 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22985 are displayed as well.
22986 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22987
22988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22989
22990 ;;;***
22991 \f
22992 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
22993 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
22994 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
22995 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (16211 27023))
22996 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
22997
22998 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22999 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
23000
23001 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23002
23003 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
23004 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
23005
23006 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
23007
23008 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
23009 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
23010
23011 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23012
23013 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
23014 Convert DAYS into a time value.
23015
23016 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
23017
23018 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
23019 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
23020 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
23021
23022 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23023
23024 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
23025
23026 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
23027 Subtract two time values.
23028 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
23029
23030 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23031
23032 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
23033 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
23034
23035 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23036
23037 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
23038 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
23039 DATE should be a date-time string.
23040
23041 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23042
23043 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
23044 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
23045 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
23046
23047 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
23048
23049 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
23050 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
23051
23052 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
23053
23054 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
23055 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
23056
23057 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23058
23059 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
23060 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
23061 TIME should be a time value.
23062 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
23063
23064 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23065
23066 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
23067 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
23068 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
23069
23070 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23071
23072 ;;;***
23073 \f
23074 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
23075 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (16211 27021))
23076 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
23077
23078 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
23079 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
23080 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
23081 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
23082 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
23083 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
23084 look like one of the following:
23085 Time-stamp: <>
23086 Time-stamp: \" \"
23087 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
23088 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
23089 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
23090 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
23091 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
23092 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
23093 template.
23094
23095 \(fn)" t nil)
23096
23097 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
23098 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
23099 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
23100
23101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23102
23103 ;;;***
23104 \f
23105 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
23106 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
23107 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
23108 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
23109 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
23110 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
23111
23112 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
23113 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
23114 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
23115 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
23116 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
23117 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
23118 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
23119 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
23120 display (non-nil means on).
23121
23122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23123
23124 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
23125 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23126 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
23127 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
23128 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
23129 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
23130 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
23131 this function is called within a day.
23132
23133 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
23134 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
23135 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
23136 discover the name of the project.
23137
23138 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
23139
23140 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
23141 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23142 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
23143 begun during the last time segment.
23144
23145 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
23146 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
23147 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
23148 discover the reason.
23149
23150 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
23151
23152 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
23153 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
23154 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
23155 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
23156 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
23157
23158 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23159
23160 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
23161 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
23162 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
23163 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
23164 project you were working on.
23165
23166 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
23167
23168 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
23169 Ask the user before clocking out.
23170 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
23171
23172 \(fn)" nil nil)
23173
23174 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
23175 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
23176 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
23177
23178 \(fn)" t nil)
23179
23180 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
23181 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
23182 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
23183 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
23184 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
23185 \"relative to today\".
23186
23187 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23188
23189 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
23190 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
23191 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
23192 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
23193
23194 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
23195
23196 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
23197 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
23198 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
23199 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
23200 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
23201 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
23202
23203 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23204
23205 ;;;***
23206 \f
23207 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
23208 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
23209 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16211 27026))
23210 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
23211
23212 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
23213
23214 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
23215 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
23216
23217 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
23218
23219 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
23220 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
23221
23222 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
23223
23224 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
23225 Perform an action at time TIME.
23226 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23227 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
23228 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
23229 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
23230 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
23231 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23232
23233 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23234
23235 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23236
23237 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
23238 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
23239 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23240 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
23241 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23242
23243 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23244
23245 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23246
23247 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
23248 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
23249 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
23250 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
23251
23252 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
23253
23254 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
23255 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
23256 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23257 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
23258
23259 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
23260 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
23261
23262 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23263
23264 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23265 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
23266
23267 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
23268 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
23269 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
23270 The call should look like:
23271 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
23272 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
23273 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
23274 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
23275 be detected.
23276
23277 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23278
23279 ;;;***
23280 \f
23281 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
23282 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16213 6000))
23283 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
23284
23285 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23286 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
23287 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
23288 the generated Quail package is saved.
23289
23290 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
23291
23292 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23293 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
23294 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
23295 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
23296 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
23297 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
23298 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
23299
23300 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
23301
23302 ;;;***
23303 \f
23304 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
23305 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16232
23306 ;;;;;; 585))
23307 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
23308
23309 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
23310 Not documented
23311
23312 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23313
23314 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
23315 Not documented
23316
23317 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
23318
23319 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
23320 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
23321 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
23322 PATTERN regexp.
23323
23324 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23325
23326 ;;;***
23327 \f
23328 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
23329 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (16211 27021))
23330 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
23331 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
23332 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
23333 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
23334
23335 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
23336 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23337 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23338 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
23339 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
23340
23341 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
23342
23343 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
23344 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23345 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
23346 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
23347 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23348
23349 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23350
23351 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
23352 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
23353 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
23354 in the menu in two ways:
23355 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
23356 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
23357 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
23358
23359 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
23360 keymap or an alist of alists.
23361 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
23362 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
23363
23364 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
23365
23366 ;;;***
23367 \f
23368 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
23369 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
23370 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (16211 27023))
23371 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
23372
23373 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
23374 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
23375
23376 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
23377
23378 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
23379 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
23380
23381 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
23382
23383 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
23384 Insert new TODO list entry.
23385 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
23386 category.
23387
23388 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23389
23390 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
23391 List top priorities for each category.
23392
23393 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
23394 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
23395
23396 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
23397 between each category.
23398
23399 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23400
23401 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
23402 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
23403 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
23404 between each category.
23405
23406 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
23407
23408 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23409
23410 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
23411 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
23412
23413 \\{todo-mode-map}
23414
23415 \(fn)" t nil)
23416
23417 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
23418 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
23419
23420 \(fn)" nil nil)
23421
23422 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
23423 Show TODO list.
23424
23425 \(fn)" t nil)
23426
23427 ;;;***
23428 \f
23429 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
23430 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
23431 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (16211 27044))
23432 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
23433
23434 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
23435 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
23436 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23437 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23438 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
23439
23440 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
23441
23442 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
23443 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23444 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23445
23446 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23447 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23448
23449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23450
23451 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23452
23453 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23454 Add an item to the tool bar.
23455 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23456 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23457 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23458 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23459
23460 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23461 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23462 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23463
23464 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23465 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23466
23467 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23468
23469 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23470 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23471 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23472 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23473 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23474 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23475
23476 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23477 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23478 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23479
23480 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23481
23482 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23483 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23484 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23485 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23486 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23487 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23488 properties to add to the binding.
23489
23490 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23491
23492 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23493 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23494
23495 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23496
23497 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23498 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23499 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23500 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23501 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23502 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23503 properties to add to the binding.
23504
23505 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23506
23507 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23508
23509 ;;;***
23510 \f
23511 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23512 ;;;;;; (16211 27021))
23513 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23514
23515 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23516 Mode for tooltip display.
23517 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23518
23519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23520
23521 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23522 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23523 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23524 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23525
23526 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23527
23528 ;;;***
23529 \f
23530 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (16211
23531 ;;;;;; 27026))
23532 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23533
23534 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23535
23536 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23537
23538 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23539 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23540
23541 \(fn)" t nil)
23542
23543 ;;;***
23544 \f
23545 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23546 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (16211 27026))
23547 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23548
23549 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23550 Set scroll margins.
23551
23552 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23553
23554 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23555 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23556
23557 \(fn)" t nil)
23558
23559 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23560 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23561
23562 \(fn)" t nil)
23563
23564 ;;;***
23565 \f
23566 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (16225 60547))
23567 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23568
23569 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23570 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23571 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23572 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23573 to a tcp server on another machine.
23574
23575 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23576
23577 ;;;***
23578 \f
23579 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23580 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (16211 27026))
23581 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23582
23583 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23584 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23585
23586 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23587
23588 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23589 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23590 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23591 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23592 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23593 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23594 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23595 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23596
23597 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23598
23599 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23600 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23601 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23602 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23603 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23604 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23605 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23606
23607 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23608
23609 ;;;***
23610 \f
23611 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23612 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23613 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16211 27037))
23614 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23615
23616 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23617 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23618 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23619
23620 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23621 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23622 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23623 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23624
23625 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23626 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23627 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23628 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23629
23630 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23631 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23632 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23633 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23634 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23635 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23636 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23637 files which are not really tramp files.
23638
23639 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23640 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23641 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23642 updated after changing this variable.
23643
23644 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23645
23646 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23647
23648 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23649 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23650 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23651 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23652
23653 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23654 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23655 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23656 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23657
23658 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23659 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23660 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23661
23662 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23663 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23664 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23665 updated after changing this variable.
23666
23667 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23668
23669 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23670
23671 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23672 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23673 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23674
23675 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23676
23677 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23678
23679 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23680 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23681 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23682
23683 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23684
23685 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23686
23687 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23688
23689 ;;;***
23690 \f
23691 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23692 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16211 27044))
23693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23694 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23695 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23696 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23697
23698 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23699 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23700 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23701 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23702 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23703 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23704 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23705
23706 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23707
23708 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23709 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23710 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23711 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23712
23713 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23714
23715 \(fn)" t nil)
23716
23717 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23718 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23719 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23720 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23721 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23722 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23723 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23724
23725 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23726 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23727
23728 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23729 \\___/\\
23730 / \\
23731 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23732
23733 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23734
23735 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23736
23737 ;;;***
23738 \f
23739 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23740 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23741 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23742 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16211 27021))
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23744
23745 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23746 Toggle typing break mode.
23747 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23749 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23750
23751 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23752
23753 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23754 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23755
23756 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23757
23758 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23759 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23760
23761 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23762 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23763 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23764
23765 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23766 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23767
23768 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23769
23770 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23771 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23772 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23773
23774 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23775 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23776 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23777 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23778 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23779 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23780
23781 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23782 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23783 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23784 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23785
23786 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23787 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23788
23789 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23790 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23791
23792 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23793
23794 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23795 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23796 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23797
23798 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23799 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23800 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23801 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23802 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23803 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23804 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23805
23806 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23807 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23808
23809 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23810 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23811 reset the keystroke counter.
23812
23813 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23814 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23815 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23816 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23817
23818 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23819 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23820 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23821 `type-break-schedule' command.
23822
23823 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23824 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23825 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23826 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23827 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23828 or not to continue.
23829
23830 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23831 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23832 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23833 approximate good values for this.
23834
23835 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23836 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23837
23838 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23839 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23840 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23841 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23842 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23843 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23844
23845 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23846 a typing break occur. They include:
23847
23848 `type-break-query-mode'
23849 `type-break-query-function'
23850 `type-break-query-interval'
23851
23852 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23853
23854 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23855
23856 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23857 Take a typing break.
23858
23859 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23860 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23861
23862 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23863 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23864
23865 \(fn)" t nil)
23866
23867 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23868 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23869 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23870 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23871
23872 \(fn)" t nil)
23873
23874 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23875 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23876
23877 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23878 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23879 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23880 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23881 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23882 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23883 average typing speed.)
23884
23885 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23886 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23887 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23888 the computed maximum threshold.
23889
23890 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23891 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23892 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23893 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23894 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23895
23896 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23897
23898 ;;;***
23899 \f
23900 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23901 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (16211 27044))
23902 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23903
23904 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23905 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23906 Works by overstriking underscores.
23907 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23908 which specify the range to operate on.
23909
23910 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23911
23912 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23913 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23914 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23915 which specify the range to operate on.
23916
23917 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23918
23919 ;;;***
23920 \f
23921 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23922 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (16211 27036))
23923 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23924
23925 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23926 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23927 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23928
23929 \(fn)" t nil)
23930
23931 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23932 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23933 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23934 following the containing message.
23935
23936 \(fn)" t nil)
23937
23938 ;;;***
23939 \f
23940 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23941 ;;;;;; (16211 27036))
23942 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23943
23944 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23945 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23946 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23947 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23948 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23949 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23950
23951 \(fn)" nil nil)
23952
23953 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23954 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23955
23956 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23957
23958 ;;;***
23959 \f
23960 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16211
23961 ;;;;;; 27026))
23962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23963
23964 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23965 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23966 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23967 of symbols with local bindings.
23968
23969 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23970
23971 ;;;***
23972 \f
23973 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23974 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (16211 27021))
23975 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23976
23977 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23978 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23979 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23980 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
23981 to refrain from editing the file
23982 return t (grab the lock on the file)
23983 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
23984 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
23985 in any way you like.
23986
23987 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
23988
23989 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
23990 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
23991 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
23992 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
23993 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
23994
23995 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
23996 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
23997
23998 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
23999
24000 ;;;***
24001 \f
24002 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
24003 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (16211 27032))
24004 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
24005
24006 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
24007 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
24008 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
24009 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
24010
24011 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24012
24013 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
24014 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
24015 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
24016
24017 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24018
24019 ;;;***
24020 \f
24021 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
24022 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
24023 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
24024 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
24025 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
24026 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
24027 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16211 27021))
24028 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
24029
24030 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
24031 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
24032 See `run-hooks'.")
24033
24034 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
24035
24036 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
24037 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
24038 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
24039
24040 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
24041
24042 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
24043 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
24044 See `run-hooks'.")
24045
24046 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
24047
24048 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
24049 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
24050
24051 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
24052
24053 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
24054 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
24055 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
24056 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
24057 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
24058 somebody else, signal error.
24059
24060 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24061
24062 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
24063 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
24064 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
24065 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
24066 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
24067
24068 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24069
24070 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
24071 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
24072 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
24073 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
24074 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
24075 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
24076 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
24077 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
24078 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
24079 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
24080 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
24081
24082 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
24083
24084 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
24085 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
24086
24087 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
24088 it will operate on the file in the current line.
24089
24090 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
24091 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
24092 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
24093 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
24094 lock steals will raise an error.
24095
24096 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
24097
24098 For RCS and SCCS files:
24099 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24100 control.
24101 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
24102 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
24103 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
24104 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
24105 it performs a revert.
24106 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
24107 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
24108 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
24109 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
24110 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
24111 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
24112 the option to steal the lock.
24113
24114 For CVS files:
24115 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24116 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
24117 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
24118 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
24119 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
24120 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
24121 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
24122 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
24123 merge in the changes into your working copy.
24124
24125 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
24126
24127 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
24128 Register the current file into a version control system.
24129 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
24130 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
24131
24132 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
24133 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
24134 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
24135 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
24136 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
24137 first backend that could register the file is used.
24138
24139 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
24140
24141 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
24142 Display diffs between file versions.
24143 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
24144 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
24145 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
24146 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
24147 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
24148 saving the buffer.
24149
24150 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
24151
24152 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
24153 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
24154 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
24155 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
24156
24157 \(fn REV)" t nil)
24158
24159 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
24160 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
24161 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
24162 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
24163
24164 \(fn)" t nil)
24165
24166 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
24167 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
24168 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
24169 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
24170 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
24171 from the current branch.
24172
24173 See Info node `Merging'.
24174
24175 \(fn)" t nil)
24176
24177 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
24178
24179 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
24180 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
24181
24182 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
24183
24184 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
24185 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
24186
24187 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
24188
24189 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
24190 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
24191 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
24192 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
24193 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
24194 are checked out in that new branch.
24195
24196 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
24197
24198 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
24199 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
24200 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
24201 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
24202 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
24203 allowed and simply skipped).
24204
24205 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
24206
24207 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
24208 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
24209
24210 \(fn)" t nil)
24211
24212 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
24213 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
24214 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
24215 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
24216 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
24217
24218 \(fn)" t nil)
24219
24220 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
24221 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
24222 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
24223 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
24224 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
24225 the current branch are merged into the working file.
24226
24227 \(fn)" t nil)
24228
24229 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
24230 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
24231 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
24232
24233 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
24234
24235 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
24236 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
24237 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
24238 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
24239 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
24240 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
24241 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
24242
24243 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
24244
24245 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
24246 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
24247 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
24248 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
24249 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
24250 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
24251 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
24252 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
24253 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
24254
24255 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
24256
24257 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
24258 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
24259
24260 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
24261
24262 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
24263 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
24264 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
24265 directory.
24266
24267 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
24268
24269 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
24270 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
24271 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
24272
24273 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
24274 log entries should be gathered.
24275
24276 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
24277
24278 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
24279 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
24280
24281 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
24282 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
24283 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
24284 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
24285 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
24286 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24287
24288 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
24289 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
24290 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
24291 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
24292 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
24293 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
24294 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
24295 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24296
24297 Customization variables:
24298
24299 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
24300 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
24301 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
24302 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
24303
24304 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
24305
24306 ;;;***
24307 \f
24308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16250 54573))
24309 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
24310 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
24311 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24312 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24313 (load "vc-cvs")
24314 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
24315
24316 ;;;***
24317 \f
24318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16211 27021))
24319 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
24320 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
24321 (let ((dir file))
24322 (while (and (stringp dir)
24323 (not (equal
24324 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
24325 dir)
24326 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
24327 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
24328 t (directory-file-name dir))))
24329 (if (eq dir t)
24330 (progn
24331 (load "vc-mcvs")
24332 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
24333
24334 ;;;***
24335 \f
24336 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
24337 ;;;;;; (16211 27021))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
24339
24340 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
24341 *Where to look for RCS master files.
24342 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24343
24344 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
24345 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
24346
24347 ;;;***
24348 \f
24349 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
24350 ;;;;;; (16211 27021))
24351 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
24352
24353 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
24354 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
24355 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24356
24357 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
24358 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
24359
24360 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
24361 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
24362 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
24363 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
24364
24365 ;;;***
24366 \f
24367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16211 27021))
24368 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
24369 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
24370 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24371 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24372 (load "vc-svn")
24373 (vc-svn-registered f)))
24374
24375 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
24376
24377 ;;;***
24378 \f
24379 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
24380 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
24381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
24382
24383 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
24384 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
24385
24386 Usage:
24387 ------
24388
24389 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
24390 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
24391 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
24392 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
24393 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
24394 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
24395 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
24396 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
24397 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
24398
24399 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
24400 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
24401 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
24402 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
24403
24404 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
24405 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
24406 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
24407 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
24408 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
24409
24410 Template styles can be customized in customization group
24411 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
24412
24413
24414 HEADER INSERTION:
24415 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
24416 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
24417 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
24418
24419
24420 STUTTERING:
24421 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
24422 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
24423 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
24424 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
24425
24426 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
24427 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
24428 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
24429 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
24430 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
24431
24432
24433 WORD COMPLETION:
24434 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
24435 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
24436 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
24437 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
24438
24439 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
24440 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
24441 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
24442 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
24443 beginning with \"std\").
24444
24445 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24446 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24447 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24448 stop.
24449
24450
24451 COMMENTS:
24452 `--' puts a single comment.
24453 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24454 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24455 with a comment in between.
24456 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24457 out following lines.
24458 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24459 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24460
24461 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24462 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24463 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24464 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24465 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24466 non-nil.
24467
24468 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24469 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24470 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24471 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24472 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24473 multi-line comments.
24474
24475
24476 INDENTATION:
24477 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24478 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24479 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24480 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24481
24482 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24483 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24484 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24485 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24486
24487 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24488 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24489 and vice versa.
24490
24491 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24492 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24493
24494
24495 ALIGNMENT:
24496 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24497 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24498 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24499 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24500 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24501 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24502 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24503 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24504
24505 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24506 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24507 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24508 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24509 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24510 is non-nil.
24511
24512 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24513 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24514 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24515
24516 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24517 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24518
24519
24520 | CODE FILLING:
24521 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24522 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24523 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24524 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24525 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24526 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24527
24528
24529 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24530 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24531 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24532 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24533 command:
24534
24535 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24536
24537
24538 PORT TRANSLATION:
24539 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24540 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24541 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24542 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24543 internal signal initializations (menu).
24544
24545 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24546 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24547 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24548
24549 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24550 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24551 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24552 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24553 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24554 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24555
24556 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24557 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24558 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24559
24560
24561 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24562 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24563 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24564 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24565 | association list with formals).
24566
24567
24568 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24569 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24570 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24571 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24572 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24573 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24574 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24575 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24576 `vhdl-testbench'.
24577
24578
24579 KEY BINDINGS:
24580 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24581
24582
24583 VHDL MENU:
24584 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24585
24586
24587 FILE BROWSER:
24588 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24589 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24590 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24591
24592 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24593 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24594
24595
24596 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24597 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24598 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24599 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24600
24601 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24602 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24603 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24604
24605 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24606 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24607 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24608 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24609
24610 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24611 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24612 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24613 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24614 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24615
24616 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24617 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24618 required by secondary units.
24619
24620
24621 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24622 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24623 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24624 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24625 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24626 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24627 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24628 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24629 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24630 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24631 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24632 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24633 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24634 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24635 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24636 |
24637 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24638 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24639 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24640 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24641 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24642 |
24643 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24644 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24645 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24646 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24647 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24648 |
24649 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24650 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24651 |
24652 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24653
24654
24655 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24656 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24657 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24658 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24659 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24660 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24661 information. New compilers can be added.
24662
24663 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24664 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24665
24666
24667 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24668 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24669 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24670 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24671 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24672
24673 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24674 command:
24675
24676 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24677 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24678 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24679
24680 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24681 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24682 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24683 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24684 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24685 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24686 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24687
24688 Limitations:
24689 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24690 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24691 not (yet) supported.
24692 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24693 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24694 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24695
24696
24697 PROJECTS:
24698 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24699 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24700 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24701 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24702 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24703 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24704 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24705 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24706
24707 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24708 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24709 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24710 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24711 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24712 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24713 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24714 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24715 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24716 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24717 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24718
24719
24720 SPECIAL MENUES:
24721 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24722 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24723 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24724 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24725 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24726 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24727 current directory for VHDL source files.
24728
24729
24730 VHDL STANDARDS:
24731 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24732 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24733
24734
24735 KEYWORD CASE:
24736 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24737 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24738 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24739 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24740 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24741 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24742 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24743 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24744
24745
24746 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24747 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24748 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24749 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24750 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24751 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24752 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24753
24754 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24755 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24756 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24757 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24758 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24759 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24760
24761 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24762 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24763 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24764 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24765 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24766 visually.
24767
24768 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24769 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24770 highlighted if written in lower case.
24771
24772 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24773 highlighted using a different background color if option
24774 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24775
24776 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24777 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24778 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24779 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24780 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24781
24782
24783 USER MODELS:
24784 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24785 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24786 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24787
24788
24789 HIDE/SHOW:
24790 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24791 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24792 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24793 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24794 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24795
24796
24797 CODE UPDATING:
24798 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24799 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24800 Limitations:
24801 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24802 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24803 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24804 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24805 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24806 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24807 (used to obtain the port names).
24808
24809
24810 CODE FIXING:
24811 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24812 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24813
24814
24815 PRINTING:
24816 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24817 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24818 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24819 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24820 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24821 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24822 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24823 printers.
24824
24825
24826 OPTIONS:
24827 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24828 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24829 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24830 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24831 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24832
24833 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24834 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24835 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24836 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24837 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24838 INSTALL file).
24839
24840 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24841 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24842
24843
24844 FILE EXTENSIONS:
24845 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24846 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24847 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24848
24849 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24850
24851
24852 HINTS:
24853 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24854 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24855
24856 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24857
24858 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24859
24860 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24861
24862
24863 RELEASE NOTES:
24864 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24865
24866
24867 Maintenance:
24868 ------------
24869
24870 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24871 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24872
24873 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24874
24875 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24876 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24877 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24878 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24879
24880 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24881 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24882 where the latest version can be found.
24883
24884
24885 Known problems:
24886 ---------------
24887
24888 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24889 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24890 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24891
24892
24893 The VHDL Mode Authors
24894 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24895
24896 Key bindings:
24897 -------------
24898
24899 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
24900
24901 \(fn)" t nil)
24902
24903 ;;;***
24904 \f
24905 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (16211 27026))
24906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24907
24908 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24909 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24910 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24911 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24912
24913 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24914 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24915 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24916 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24917 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24918
24919 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24920 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24921
24922 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24923
24924 * Limitations and unsupported features
24925 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24926 not supported.
24927 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24928 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24929
24930 * Modifications
24931 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24932 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24933 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24934 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24935 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24936 for undoing a repeated change command.
24937 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24938 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24939 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24940
24941 * Extensions
24942 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24943 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24944 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24945 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24946 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24947 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24948 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24949 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24950
24951 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24952
24953 \(fn)" t nil)
24954
24955 ;;;***
24956 \f
24957 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24958 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24959 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24960 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16211 27033))
24961 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24962
24963 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24964 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24965
24966 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24967
24968 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24969 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24970 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24971 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24972
24973 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24974
24975 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24976 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24977
24978 \(fn)" t nil)
24979
24980 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24981 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24982 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24983 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24984
24985 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24986
24987 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24988 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24989
24990 \(fn)" t nil)
24991
24992 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24993 Not documented
24994
24995 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24996
24997 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24998 Not documented
24999
25000 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25001
25002 ;;;***
25003 \f
25004 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
25005 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
25006 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16211
25007 ;;;;;; 27021))
25008 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
25009
25010 (defvar view-mode nil "\
25011 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
25012 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
25013 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
25014
25015 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
25016
25017 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
25018 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
25019 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25020 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25021 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25022 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25023 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25024
25025 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25026
25027 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
25028
25029 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
25030 View FILE in View mode in another window.
25031 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
25032 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25033 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25034 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25035 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25036 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25037
25038 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25039
25040 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
25041
25042 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
25043 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
25044 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
25045 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25046 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25047 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25048 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25049 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25050
25051 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25052
25053 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
25054
25055 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
25056 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
25057 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25058 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25059 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25060 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25061 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25062
25063 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25064
25065 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25066 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25067 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25068
25069 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25070
25071 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
25072 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
25073 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25074 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25075 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25076 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25077 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25078 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25079
25080 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25081
25082 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25083 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25084 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25085
25086 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25087
25088 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
25089 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
25090 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25091 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25092 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25093 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25094 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25095 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25096
25097 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25098
25099 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25100 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25101 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25102
25103 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25104
25105 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
25106 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
25107 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25108
25109 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
25110 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
25111 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
25112 read-only.
25113 \\<view-mode-map>
25114 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
25115 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
25116 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
25117 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
25118 commands default to a repeat count of one.
25119
25120 H, h, ? This message.
25121 Digits provide prefix arguments.
25122 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
25123 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
25124 > move to the end of buffer.
25125 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
25126 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
25127 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
25128 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
25129 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
25130 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25131 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25132 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25133 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
25134 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25135 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
25136 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
25137 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25138 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
25139 Use this to view a changing file.
25140 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
25141 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
25142 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
25143 . set the mark.
25144 x exchanges point and mark.
25145 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
25146 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
25147 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
25148 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
25149 ' go to position saved in character register.
25150 s do forward incremental search.
25151 r do reverse incremental search.
25152 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
25153 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
25154 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
25155 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
25156 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
25157 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
25158 p searches backward for last regular expression.
25159 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
25160 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
25161 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
25162 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
25163 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
25164 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
25165 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
25166 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
25167 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
25168 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
25169
25170 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
25171 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
25172 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
25173 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
25174 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
25175 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
25176 will return to that buffer.
25177
25178 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25179
25180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25181
25182 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
25183 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
25184 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
25185 `view-return-to-alist'.
25186 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
25187 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
25188 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
25189
25190 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
25191 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
25192 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
25193 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
25194 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
25195 1) nil Do nothing.
25196 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
25197 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
25198 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
25199 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25200
25201 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25202
25203 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25204
25205 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
25206
25207 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
25208 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
25209
25210 \(fn)" t nil)
25211
25212 ;;;***
25213 \f
25214 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16211
25215 ;;;;;; 27026))
25216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
25217
25218 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
25219 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
25220
25221 \(fn)" nil nil)
25222
25223 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
25224 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
25225
25226 \(fn)" t nil)
25227
25228 ;;;***
25229 \f
25230 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
25231 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
25232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
25233
25234 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
25235 Toggle Viper on/off.
25236 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
25237
25238 \(fn)" t nil)
25239
25240 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
25241 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
25242
25243 \(fn)" t nil)
25244
25245 ;;;***
25246 \f
25247 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
25248 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
25249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
25250
25251 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
25252 Function to generate warning prefixes.
25253 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
25254 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
25255 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
25256 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
25257 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
25258 the beginning of the warning.")
25259
25260 (defvar warning-series nil "\
25261 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
25262 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
25263 which is the start of the current series; it means that
25264 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
25265 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
25266 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
25267 also call that function before the next warning.")
25268
25269 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
25270 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
25271
25272 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
25273 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
25274 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
25275 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
25276
25277 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
25278 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
25279 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
25280 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25281 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
25282 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
25283
25284 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25285 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25286 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25287 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
25288 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
25289 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
25290 :debug -- info for debugging only.
25291
25292 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
25293 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
25294
25295 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
25296
25297 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
25298 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
25299
25300 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
25301
25302 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
25303 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25304 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25305 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
25306
25307 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
25308 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25309 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
25310 can be whatever you like.)
25311
25312 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25313 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25314 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25315 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
25316 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
25317
25318 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25319
25320 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
25321 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25322 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25323 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
25324 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
25325
25326 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25327
25328 ;;;***
25329 \f
25330 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (16211 27037))
25331 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25332
25333 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
25334 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
25335
25336 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
25337 hotlist.
25338
25339 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
25340 <nwv@acm.org>.
25341
25342 \(fn)" t nil)
25343
25344 ;;;***
25345 \f
25346 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
25347 ;;;;;; (16249 31942))
25348 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
25349 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
25350 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
25351
25352 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
25353
25354 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
25355 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
25356 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25357 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25358 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
25359
25360 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
25361
25362 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
25363 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
25364 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
25365 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
25366
25367 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25368 and off otherwise.
25369
25370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25371
25372 ;;;***
25373 \f
25374 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
25375 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
25376 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
25377 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
25378 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
25379 ;;;;;; (16248 29803))
25380 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
25381
25382 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
25383 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
25384
25385 \(fn)" t nil)
25386
25387 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
25388 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
25389
25390 \(fn)" t nil)
25391
25392 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
25393 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
25394
25395 \(fn)" t nil)
25396
25397 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
25398 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
25399
25400 \(fn)" t nil)
25401
25402 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
25403 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
25404
25405 \(fn)" t nil)
25406
25407 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
25408 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
25409 These are:
25410 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
25411 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
25412 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
25413 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25414 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
25415
25416 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
25417 and:
25418 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
25419 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
25420
25421 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25422
25423 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
25424 Check the region for whitespace errors.
25425
25426 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25427
25428 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
25429 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
25430
25431 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
25432 whitespace problems.
25433
25434 \(fn)" t nil)
25435
25436 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
25437 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
25438
25439 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25440
25441 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
25442 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
25443 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25444 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25445 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25446
25447 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25448
25449 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25450 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25451 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
25452
25453 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25454 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25455
25456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25457
25458 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25459 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25460 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25461
25462 \(fn)" t nil)
25463
25464 ;;;***
25465 \f
25466 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25467 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (16211 27022))
25468 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25469
25470 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25471 Browse the widget under point.
25472
25473 \(fn POS)" t nil)
25474
25475 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25476 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25477
25478 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25479
25480 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25481 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25482
25483 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25484
25485 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25486 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25487 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25488
25489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25490
25491 ;;;***
25492 \f
25493 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25494 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16284
25495 ;;;;;; 32617))
25496 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25497
25498 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25499 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25500
25501 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25502
25503 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25504 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25505 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25506
25507 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25508
25509 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25510 Create widget of TYPE.
25511 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25512
25513 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25514
25515 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25516 Delete WIDGET.
25517
25518 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25519
25520 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25521 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25522
25523 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25524
25525 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25526 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25527 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25528
25529 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25530 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25531
25532 \(fn)" nil nil)
25533
25534 ;;;***
25535 \f
25536 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25537 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16211
25538 ;;;;;; 27022))
25539 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25540
25541 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25542 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25543 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25544 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25545 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25546 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25547 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25548
25549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25550
25551 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25552 Select the window above the current one.
25553 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25554 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25555 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25556 negative ARG) of the current window.
25557 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25558
25559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25560
25561 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25562 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25563 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25564 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25565 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25566 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25567 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25568
25569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25570
25571 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25572 Select the window below the current one.
25573 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25574 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25575 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25576 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25577 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25578
25579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25580
25581 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25582 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25583 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25584 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25585
25586 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25587
25588 ;;;***
25589 \f
25590 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25591 ;;;;;; (16211 27022))
25592 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25593
25594 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25595 Toggle winner-mode.
25596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25597 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25598
25599 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25600
25601 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25602 Toggle Winner mode.
25603 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25604
25605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25606
25607 ;;;***
25608 \f
25609 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25610 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16239 4622))
25611 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25612
25613 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25614 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25615 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25616 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25617 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25618 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25619 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25620 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25621
25622 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25623 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25624
25625 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25626
25627 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25628 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25629
25630 \(fn)" t nil)
25631
25632 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25633 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25634 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25635 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25636 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25637 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25638 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25639 `woman' command for further details.
25640
25641 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25642
25643 ;;;***
25644 \f
25645 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25646 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
25647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25648
25649 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25650 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25651
25652 BUGS:
25653 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25654 are not implemented
25655 - Options for search and replace
25656 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25657 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25658
25659 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25660 Emacs-like.
25661
25662 The key bindings are:
25663
25664 C-a backward-word
25665 C-b fill-paragraph
25666 C-c scroll-up-line
25667 C-d forward-char
25668 C-e previous-line
25669 C-f forward-word
25670 C-g delete-char
25671 C-h backward-char
25672 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25673 C-j help-for-help
25674 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25675 C-l ws-repeat-search
25676 C-n open-line
25677 C-p quoted-insert
25678 C-r scroll-down-line
25679 C-s backward-char
25680 C-t kill-word
25681 C-u keyboard-quit
25682 C-v overwrite-mode
25683 C-w scroll-down
25684 C-x next-line
25685 C-y kill-complete-line
25686 C-z scroll-up
25687
25688 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25689 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25690 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25691 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25692 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25693 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25694 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25695 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25696 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25697 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25698 C-k b ws-begin-block
25699 C-k c ws-copy-block
25700 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25701 C-k f find-file
25702 C-k h ws-show-markers
25703 C-k i ws-indent-block
25704 C-k k ws-end-block
25705 C-k p ws-print-block
25706 C-k q kill-emacs
25707 C-k r insert-file
25708 C-k s save-some-buffers
25709 C-k t ws-mark-word
25710 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25711 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25712 C-k v ws-move-block
25713 C-k w ws-write-block
25714 C-k x kill-emacs
25715 C-k y ws-delete-block
25716
25717 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25718 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25719 C-o j justify-current-line
25720 C-o k kill-buffer
25721 C-o l list-buffers
25722 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25723 C-o r set-fill-column
25724 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25725 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25726 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25727 C-o wo other-window
25728 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25729
25730 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25731 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25732 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25733 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25734 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25735 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25736 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25737 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25738 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25739 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25740 C-q a ws-query-replace
25741 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25742 C-q c end-of-buffer
25743 C-q d end-of-line
25744 C-q f ws-search
25745 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25746 C-q l ws-undo
25747 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25748 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25749 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25750 C-q w ws-last-error
25751 C-q y ws-kill-eol
25752 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25753
25754 \(fn)" t nil)
25755
25756 ;;;***
25757 \f
25758 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25759 ;;;;;; (16301 42974))
25760 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25761
25762 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25763 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25764 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25765 Returns the top node with all its children.
25766 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25767 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25768
25769 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25770
25771 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25772 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25773 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25774 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25775 is not well-formed XML.
25776 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25777 and returned as the first element of the list.
25778 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25779
25780 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25781
25782 ;;;***
25783 \f
25784 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16211
25785 ;;;;;; 27022))
25786 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25787
25788 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25789 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25790 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25792 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25793
25794 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25795
25796 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25797 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25798 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25799
25800 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25801
25802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25803
25804 ;;;***
25805 \f
25806 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25807 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (16211 27038))
25808 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25809
25810 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25811 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25812
25813 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25814
25815 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25816 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25817
25818 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25819
25820 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25821 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25822 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25823
25824 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25825
25826 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25827 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25828
25829 \(fn)" t nil)
25830
25831 ;;;***
25832 \f
25833 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (16211 27038))
25834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25835
25836 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25837 Zone out, completely.
25838
25839 \(fn)" t nil)
25840
25841 ;;;***
25842 \f
25843 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25844 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (16211 27037))
25845 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25846
25847 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25848 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25849
25850 \(fn)" t nil)
25851
25852 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25853 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25854
25855 Zone-mode does two things:
25856
25857 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25858 when saving the file
25859
25860 - fontification
25861
25862 \(fn)" t nil)
25863
25864 ;;;***
25865 \f
25866 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25867 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
25868 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
25869 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
25870 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
25871 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
25872 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
25873 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
25874 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
25875 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
25876 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
25877 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
25878 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
25879 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
25880 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
25881 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
25882 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
25883 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
25884 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
25885 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
25886 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
25887 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
25888 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
25889 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
25890 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
25891 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
25892 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
25893 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
25894 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
25895 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
25896 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el"
25897 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
25898 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
25899 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
25900 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
25901 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
25902 ;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
25903 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
25904 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
25905 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
25906 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
25907 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
25908 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
25909 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
25910 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
25911 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
25912 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
25913 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
25914 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
25915 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
25916 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
25917 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25918 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25919 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25920 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25921 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25922 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25923 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25924 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25925 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25926 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25927 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25928 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25929 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25930 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25931 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25932 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25933 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25934 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25935 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25936 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25937 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
25938 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
25939 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
25940 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
25941 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
25942 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
25943 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
25944 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
25945 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25946 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25947 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25948 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25949 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el"
25950 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
25951 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el"
25952 ;;;;;; "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
25953 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
25954 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
25955 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
25956 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
25957 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
25958 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
25959 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
25960 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el"
25961 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
25962 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
25963 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
25964 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
25965 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
25966 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
25967 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
25968 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
25969 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
25970 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
25971 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
25972 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
25973 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
25974 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
25975 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
25976 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
25977 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
25978 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
25979 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
25980 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
25981 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
25982 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
25983 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el"
25984 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
25985 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
25986 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
25987 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
25988 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el"
25989 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
25990 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
25991 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
25992 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
25993 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
25994 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
25995 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el"
25996 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
25997 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (16313 5919 739767))
25998
25999 ;;;***
26000 \f
26001 ;;; Local Variables:
26002 ;;; version-control: never
26003 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
26004 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
26005 ;;; End:
26006 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here